Catalog SICAM Substation Automation PDF

Flexible control and monitoring system
SICAM – Substation Automation

Catalog · Edition 3.0
siemens.com/sicam
2 SICAM ⋅ Substation Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 3.0
Content
SICAM General 1
Station Automation Introduction 1.1
Distribution Automation 1.2
Catalog - Edition 3.0 Station Automation 1.3
Substation Control Systems and RTUs 2

Invalid:
Edition 2.0 SICAM PAS 2.1
SICAM AK 3 2.2
SICAM TM 2.3
SICAM A8000 Series 2.4
SICAM Safety 2.5
Operation, Monitoring and Diagnosis 3
SICAM SCC 3.1
SICAM PQ Analyzer 3.2
SICAM DISTO 3.3
SICAM Diamond 3.4
Software for Substation Automation 4
SICAM PAS UI 4.1
SICAM TOOLBOX II 4.2
SICAM WEB 4.3
SICAM Device Manager 4.4
SICAM Protocol Test System 4.5
DIGSI 4 4.6
DIGSI 5 4.7
IEC 61850 System Configurator 4.8
SIGRA 4.9
Bay Controllers 5
The products and systems described in this catalog are
manufactured and sold according to a certified manage- Introduction 5.1
ment system (acc. to ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and BS
OHSAS 18001). SIPROTEC 6MD85 5.2
SIPROTEC 6MD86 5.3
SICAM ⋅ Station Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 3.0 3

Content
5.4 SIPROTEC 6MD89
5.5 SIPROTEC 6MD61
5.6 SIPROTEC 6MD63
5.7 SIPROTEC 6MD66
6 Distribution Automation
6.1 SICAM A8000 Series
6.2 SICAM SGU
6.3 SIPROTEC 7SC80
7 Short-Circuit Indicator
7.1 SICAM FCM
7.2 SICAM FPI
7.3 SICAM FSI
7.4 SICAM FCG
8 Accessories
8.1 SICAM I/O-Unit
8.2 SICAM AI-Unit
4 SICAM ⋅ Station Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 3.0

General
Introduction
Preface • Cost-effective investments and economic operation

Siemens won the 2006 Frost & Sullivan Technology Leadership • Efficient project management
Award in acknowledgment of the pioneering work of Siemens in
• Long-term concepts, upgradeable and open for new require- 1.1
the development of an innovative piece of technology – the ments
IEC 61850. Users are in safe hands with the energy automation
solutions from Siemens. The combination of extensive experi- The solutions from Siemens for energy automation offer a multi-
ence and the latest innovation provides security for many years. tude of standardized configurations and functions for many
Our solutions are also compatible with older devices. typical tasks. These default settings allow the use of flexible
products but at the same time are open for more challenging
Overview and Solutions and customized applications. The acquisition of all kinds of data,
In recent years, influences on the business of power utilities computing and automation functions as well as versatile
have changed considerably. Running the power grid has communication can be very flexibly combined to create special
changed from a static, virtually stable layout to a dynamic oper- solutions and to make integration into the existing system envi-
ation. The requirements regarding a longer service life for all ronment possible.
grid system components continue to gain importance.
As a result, the importance of substation automation technolo-
gies have grown considerably and the requirements with
respect to control, protection and remote control have experi-
enced a great paradigm shift:
• Flexible and customized solutions for diverse applications
• Safe and reliable operations management
[ph_Substation_Automation_group, 1, --_--]
Figure 1.1/1 Siemens Products for Station Automation

General
Distribution Automation
Distribution automation from SIEMENS considerably optimizes • Automatic operation and the use of standards provide time
the reliability and availability of your energy distribution and cost savings
systems. Here, the functionality extends from the acquisition of
network data, telemonitoring and remote control up to fully
• Network automation and control guarantee adherence to the
specified voltage range
automated applications such as high-speed FISR (Fault Isolation
1.2 and Service Restoration), Volt-Var Control and similar. With the Siemens solutions for distribution automation, you will
benefit in all respects from a wide spectrum of know-how. As a
The technology supports the network operation and, for supplement to distribution automation, Siemens offers a
example, takes over monitoring of the currents and voltage in complete portfolio for power system monitoring, power quality
the distribution system and also the command output to recording, fault recording, phasor measurement and system
remote-controllable units such as switches and transformers. software applications.
Furthermore, the distribution automation uses well-proven tech- Our products from the SICAM range for power quality and meas-
nologies and characteristics of sensors, control and remote urement support power utilities and consumers with solutions
terminal units (RTUs) right up to communication devices such as for precise measurement, recording and indication of necessary
routers and modems. information for continuous determination, adaptation and
The hardware is supplemented by specially developed software improvement of power quality. Always the right fit, for your
and algorithms for special distribution system functionality. application as well.
Advantages
• Continuous power system monitoring ensures early detection
of problems
• Rapid Fault Isolation and Service Restoration increases the
efficiency level
[ph_distribution automation, 1, --_--]
Figure 1.2/1 Siemens Products for Distribution Automation

General
Station Automation
For station automation, we offer proven concepts for all task Our products and solutions for the automation of switchgear
areas of switchgear automation – on all voltage levels and for all correspond to standard IEC 61850. This marks a great step in the
types of switchgear. Distributed solutions on the basis of distrib- direction of power system intelligence as it fulfills the high
uted bay units can also be implemented with our offer in the communication demands with regard to data volume, speed,
same way as central telecontrol systems with integrated auto- etc. Additional advantages: easy integration of devices from the
mation and node functions or multifunctional protection competition and highest levels of upgradability due to reusable
systems for coordination and the interplay of different protec- engineering data. Intelligent applications can also be imple-
tion devices. mented with IEC 61850. 1.3
Advantages We offer you pre-configured and hence particularly economic
system solutions for the automation of switchgear for many
• Excellent overall system performance due to flexibility in the typical applications. We develop individual solutions for specific
architecture and implementation of redundancies (optional)
customer requirements. We supply complete secondary equip-
• Support of intelligent power systems and applications on the ment in power transmission and distribution systems – for new
basis of standard IEC 61850 systems, extensions and modernization projects. Our products
• Upgradeable due to evolutionary system development and and solutions are distinguished by scalable quantity structures.
sophisticated migration concepts They offer diverse interfaces, efficient operation at all tiers and
ensure seamless system integration. The information and
• Limited outlay for logistics, training, etc. due to a scalable control of substations is based on distributed devices. This offers
system family for all power system levels and the widest
variety of energy systems – whether electricity, gas, water or a multitude of functions and applications for data acquisition,
district heating control and monitoring, for protection for communications.
• Cost-efficiency due to custom solutions – from standard to

customer-specific
[dw_application_station-config, 1, en_US]
Figure 1.3/1 Application example, station automation

Substation Control Systems and RTUs
Devices SICAM SGU SICAM A8000

2 CP-8000 CP-8021 CP-8022 CP-8050
Fields of application Smart-Grid fields Electrical distribution stations, hydropower plants, pipelines, gas distribution
of application, station, railway power supplies, tunnels, site protection, data concentrator
such as Demand-
Response, as DER
controller for
virtual power
plants, renewable
integration in
microgrids, or as a
small remote
terminal unit
Max. number of data points 12 20 000 200 000
Max. number of I/O 12 116 128 128 0 to 2 048
(modular)
Max. number of interfaces 1 x serial (GPRS) 2 x Ethernet 3 x RJ45 3 x RJ45 2 x Ethernet
1 x Ethernet 1 x RS232 (serial) (2 x Eth./1 x (2 x Eth./ 1 x RS485 (serial)
RS232) 1 x RS232)
1 x RS485 (serial) 1 x RS232 (serial)
1 x RS485 1 x RS232/RS485
selectable
1 x RS485 1 x GPRS
Human-machine interface (HMI)

SICAM SCC ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Engineering
SICAM PAS software – – – – –
SICAM TOOLBOX II – ■ ■ ■ ■
Integrated tools – – – – –
Web server (for device configuration) ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Remote servicing ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Automation functions
Automation function (CFC/PLC, IEC 61131-3) – 28 k 28 k 28 k 2048 k
CFC/PLC online test – ■ ■ ■ ■
SICAM Safety (IEC 61508) – – – – –
Time synchronization
Remote NTP ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
GPS/DCF – – – – –
Resolution / sampling rate 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms 1 ms
Communication
To the control center slave Serial – IEC 60870-5-101; DNP3; Modbus RTU IEC 60870-5-101;
protocols Modbus RTU
TCP/IP IEC 60870-5-104 IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed2; DNP3i IEC 6070-5-104;
IEC 61850 Ed2
To IEDs master protocols Serial – IEC 60870-5-101; IEC 60870-5-103; Modbus RTU
TCP/IP IEC 60870-5-104 IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed2
Further IED protocols – ■ ■ ■ ■

SICAM TM SICAM AK 3 SICAM PAS

2
Automation with integrated telecontrol engi- As telecontrol substations or central control unit, Power automation to operate switchgear with a
neering for hydropower control/turbine automation unit, data node, front-end or single station computer (full server) or with up to
governor, electrical power distribution and trans- gateway 6 additional computers (DIPs)
mission, oil/gas pipelines, traffic engineering
200 000 200 000/CPU 80 000

0 to 2048 (modular) 0 to 32 000 (modular) Distributed via IEDs
4 x serial (modular) 66 x serial (modular) 200 x serial

2 x Ethernet (modular) 16 x Ethernet (modular) Ethernet depending on PC
■ ■ ■
– – ■
■ ■ –
– – ■
– – –
■ ■ Remote desktop
512 k 1.5 M/CPU >1.5 M

■ ■ ■
SIL 2 SIL 2 –
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
1 ms 1 ms 1 ms
IEC 60870-5-101; DNP3; Modbus RTU IEC 60870-5-101; DNP3; Modbus RTU IEC 60870-5-101; DNP3; Modbus RTU
IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed1, Ed2; DNP3i IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed1, Ed2; DNP3i IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed2; DNP3i;
Modbus; OPC DA, OPC XML DA
IEC 60870-5-101; IEC 60870-5-103; IEC 60870-5-101; IEC 60870-5-103; IEC 60870-5-101; IEC 60870-5-103; DNP3;
Modbus RTU; Profibus DP (DPV0) Modbus RTU; Profibus DP (DPV0) Modbus RTU; Profibus DP (DPV0)
IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed1, Ed2 IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed1, Ed2 IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed1, Ed2 DNP3i;
Modbus; PROFINET IO; OPC; SNMP
■ ■ ■

Device SICAM SGU SICAM A8000

2 CP-8000 CP-8021 CP-8022 CP-8050
Secure communication
IEC 60870-5-104 Slave & Master/Transport Layer – In preparation
Security)
DNP3i Slave & Master (Transport Layer Security, – In preparation –
authentication)
Redundancy – – – – –
Power Quality applications
As Grid Code evaluation, scheduled reports, auto- – – – – –
matic COMTRADE/PQDIF import & export, notifica-
tion, fault location, SIPROTEC 7KE85 &
SICAM Q100/Q200 communication drivers
Archiving
Fault record & PQ data in device – – – – –
Additional information
Supply voltage DC 24 V to 250 V/ DC 18 V to 72 V DC 18 V to 78 V
DC 18 V to 78 V (external)/DC 82.5 V
AC 100 V to 230 V (integr.) (external)/DC 82.5
to 286 V (external)
V to 286 V
(external)/AC nom.
110 V to 230 V
(external)
Memory card for parameters & firmware – SD

Temperature range -25 °C to +70 °C -40 °C to +70 °C -25 °C to +70 °C
Assembly DIN rail DIN rail
Degree of protection IP20 Max. IP40

SICAM TM SICAM AK 3 SICAM PAS

2
– – ■
– – ■
■ ■ ■
– – ■
– – ■
DC 24 V to 60 V/AC 110 V to 230 V DC 24 V to 60 V/DC 110 V to 220 V/DC 115 V to No spec., depends on PC
230 V
SD SD
-25 °C to +70 °C -5 °C to +55 °C
DIN rail Rear side, 19-in assembly
Max. IP40 Max. IP30

SICAM PAS – Description
Description
With SICAM PAS, the power automation system for energy auto-
mation, you have an instrument for innovative solutions for the
most diverse conceptual formulations that arise when using
spatially distributed information systems.
The system is equally suitable for use with the switchgear of
power utilities and in industrial plants.
SICAM PAS has been designed as a modular, open system which
complies with all widely used communication standards and
furthermore supports you in the implementation of project-
specific automation tasks in the fields of substation automation
2.1
technology and power automation.
Diverse functions for the harmonic testing and evaluation of
power quality measured data for checking (PQ measured data)
to determine the power quality supplement the possible fields
of application of the SICAM PAS system.
The user management tool ensures that configuration, opera-
tion and system management tasks can only be performed by
[ph_SICAM PAS, 1, --_--]
authorized persons. The assignment of individual switching
authorization up to the information tier further enhances the Figure 2.1/1 SICAM PAS
security of system management. Notification functions inform
you via e-mail and/or SMS about pending system incidents, fault • Dual-channel connection for enhanced availability of commu-
records and reports, such as fault location reports. nication to control centers
The system can be structured redundantly at the system, inter- • Data exchange via OPC as the connection to office desktop
face and device levels. This approach significantly improves fail- computers
safe operation. When communication connections are inter-
rupted, the redundant component takes over the process
• Realization of automation tasks
connection. Depending on the transmission protocol, the • Evaluation of fault records and PDR recordings with
process image of the redundant system is updated either contin- SICAM PQ Analyzer
ually or by means of a general interrogation upon process take- • Notification upon receipt of fault records, status changes of
over. The DNP3i and IEC 60870-5-104 protocols permit TSL- selected information or when creating fault location reports
based secured data transmission via certificates. In Ethernet
TCP/IP networks, switches are used for communication with the
• Automatic or manual export of fault records
terminal devices. SICAM PAS supports the SNMP protocol • Assignment of individual switching authorizations up to infor-
(Simple Network Management Protocol) for monitoring the mation level
operating state of such components and for speedy error detec- • Secure data access via the user management tool
tion in order to ensure operational reliability.
• Switchgear interlocking in the case of remote control/control
Benefits • Redundant configuration of substation level
• Modular and scalable hardware and software • Test and diagnostic functions
Process visualization – operating and monitoring
• User-friendly
• Fulfills strict IT security requirements for use in the area of • Flexible solutions for local visualization, control, archiving and
critical infrastructures logging
• Flexible, graphic project engineering for automation • Visualization, control, archiving and reporting from a remote
computer, for example with the web application
• Openness from the use of standards SICAM Diamond or with SICAM SCC and SIMATIC WinCC
WebNavigator
Applications
• Visualization of process data via individually designed user
SICAM PAS can be used everywhere where you need: interfaces such as overview diagrams, system diagrams, event
• Different communications standards and interfaces to lists
connect field devices and substations, or to connect network • Archiving of indications and measured values
control centers (Ethernet TCP/IP, serial interfaces, or OPC)
Due to its modular system structure, SICAM PAS can be used for
• Data acquisition and transmission under real-time conditions multiple purposes on the substation control level of intercon-
• Secured data transmission nected control centers.
• Ethernet network monitoring, for example on the basis of

SNMP protocol

SICAM PAS – Configuration Examples
SICAM PAS can be set up in the following different variants:

• With a Full Server and SICAM SCC
• As a distributed system consisting of
– One or several Full Servers
– One or several DIPs
– SICAM SCC
SICAM PAS systems communicate with higher-level control
centers through:
• Ethernet TCP/IP (LAN/WAN)
• Serial interfaces 2.1
SICAM PAS communicates with bay devices, protection devices,
and substations through:
• Ethernet TCP/IP (LAN/WAN) [dw_Example_Distributed_PASys_FS_DIP, 1, en_US]
• Serial interfaces Figure 2.1/3 Example of a Distributed SICAM PAS System with Full
• PROFIBUS interfaces Server and DIP
The example below illustrates the connection of 2 SICAM PAS Redundant Connection of Bay Devices and Substations
systems to a higher-level control center. SICAM PAS supports the redundant connection of bay devices
and substations.
The example illustrates the following configuration:
• Redundant Full Servers
• Redundant SICAM SCC implemented in server/client architec-
ture
• Connection of bay devices to 2 SICAM PAS Stations
[dw_SampleConfig_2PASSystems, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.1/2 Sample Configuration with 2 SICAM PAS Systems
Distributed System with Full Server and DIP

The example shows a distributed SICAM PAS system. It consists
of a Full Server and DIP and communicates with a control center
through TCP/IP. Bay devices and substations are connected to a
distributed system through Ethernet and serial interfaces.
Station data can be captured in parallel through the SICAM MIC
RTU directly connected to the station bus.
[dw_SICAMPAS_Station_Bus_Config, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.1/4 SICAM PAS Station Bus Configuration with Redundant

Connection of the Bay Devices through a Switch and
Redundant SICAM SCC in Server/Client Architecture
Bay devices with 2 interfaces are required for the redundant

connection of bay devices with serial communication. Alterna-
tively, bay devices equipped with one interface can be
connected redundantly through a splitter.
Configuration for Small Applications

With systems comprising up to 80 bay devices and depending
on the amount of data and the complexity of the automation

and HMI functionality, you can operate SICAM PAS and SICAM
SCC on the same computer.
2.1
[dw_connection_baydevices_SICAMPAS, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.1/5 Connection of Bay Devices to SICAM PAS
Configuration for Medium Applications

If your station comprises more than approximately 80 bay
devices, SICAM PAS and SICAM SCC must run on separate
computers. The example below illustrates the connection of the [dw_Connection_BayDevices_DistributedSys, 1, en_US]
bay devices to a SICAM Station Unit. Figure 2.1/7 Connection of Bay Devices in a Distributed System
Several SICAM PAS Full Servers Connected to a Human-

Machine Interface (HMI)
The example illustrates a SICAM SCC Human-Machine Interface
(HMI) with 2 SICAM Station Units to which bay devices are
connected.
This configuration makes sense in cases where no spatially
distributed Human-Machine Interface and no fail-safe
SICAM SCC are required.
[dw_Connection_BayDevices_SICAMPASStation, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.1/6 Connection of Bay Devices to a SICAM PAS Station
Configuration for Large Applications

In large applications with up to 800 bay devices, SICAM PAS is
implemented as a distributed system equipped with a Full Server
and up to 2 DIPs.
SICAM SCC is installed on a separate computer.
[dw_SeveralFullServer_Conn_SameSICAMSCC, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.1/8 Several Full Server Connected to the same SICAM SCC
Redundant Human-Machine Interface (HMI)

The connection of several Full Servers to a redundant SICAM SCC
Human-Machine Interface represents another configuration

option. This configuration enhances the system's operational • SICAM PAS with bay devices and substations
reliability.
• SICAM PAS with higher-level control centers
• SICAM PAS with OPC servers such as the SIMATIC automation
system
• SICAM PAS with OPC clients, for example, process visualiza-
tion systems of other manufacturers
• SICAM PAS with systems with OPC XML DA clients
In addition, SICAM PAS can compose archive data. The archive
includes fault records, PDR records, PQ measuring data, and
fault location information. Archive data from the connected
SICAM PAS systems is collected in a central archive by a 2.1
collector. Many different evaluation functions, for example,
SICAM PQ Analyzer, Incident Explorer view, can access this
central archive.
SICAM PAS can also integrate additional PQS functions for the
evaluation of PQ measuring data. These include a connection
option for third-party devices, which provide fault records or PQ
measuring data and the automatic export of fault records,
[dw_SeveralFullServers_RedundantSICAMSCC, 1, en_US]
reports, or PQ data.
Figure 2.1/9 Several Full Servers with Redundant SICAM SCC The SNMP protocol allows you to monitor the communication
links of the switches connected through Ethernet network.
Redundant Human-Machine Interface (HMI) in Server/Client The licenses for the protocols or applications required for the
Architecture connection of the different system components are also avail-
In large stations, it may be necessary to distribute station able individually and optionally complement the SICAM PAS
management tasks between several components. In such cases, basic license. The SNMP protocol, the OPC server, the communi-
you set up a SICAM SCC Human-Machine Interface in server/ cation with SICAM MIC RTUs based on IEC 60870-5-104, as well
client configuration. The example illustrates a redundant SICAM as the fault records transmission from SIPROTEC 4 devices are
SCC comprising 2 Full Servers. included in the basic license.
Via the system's communication interfaces, you can connect
SICAM PAS to:
• Higher-level control centers
• Bay devices and substations
• Components for data exchange with industrial automation
systems, such as SIMATIC
Communication with Higher-Level Control Centers

Communication takes place via the following protocols:
• IEC 61850 Server
• IEC 60870-5-104 Slave
• IEC 60870-5-101 Slave
• DNP 3.0 Slave (serial, TCP/IP)
• Modbus Slave (serial, TCP/IP)
• Telegyr 8979 Slave
[dw_RedundantSICAMSCC_RedundantFS, 1, en_US] • CDT Slave
Figure 2.1/10 Redundant SICAM SCC with Redundant Full Server
Connection of Bay Devices and Substations
SICAM PAS is a modularly structured system. It is open for the Communication takes place via the following protocols:
connection of the most versatile components, which exchange • IEC 61850 Client, GOOSE status monitoring
their process data based on state-of-the-art communication
standards. • IEC 61850 Server, GOOSE Publisher
The following data exchange options are available:
• IEC 60870-5-103 Master
• IEC 60870-5-104 Master
• SICAM PAS with the SICAM SCC Human-Machine Interface
(HMI) via Ethernet (TCP/IP) • IEC 60870-5-101 Master
• SICAM PAS with the SICAM Diamond web application • SICAM MIC Master

SICAM PAS – Communication Interfaces
• DNP 3.0 Master (serial, TCP/IP) The following paragraphs explain the principal communication
configurations for the IEC 61850 connection.
• Modbus Master (serial, TCP/IP)
The following connection type is used for stations in which
• PROFIBUS DP Master
SICAM PAS and the devices connected through a switch are
• PROFINET IO Master located close to each other.
• SINAUT LSA ILSA Master The connection of the bay devices to a switch can be realized
• SIMEAS R Master either electrically or through FO. For an electrical connection,
• SICAM Q80 Master shielded Cu Twisted Pair (TP) cables are required. The cable
between the switch and the device must not exceed 20 m in
• SIPROTEC 4 Service IF Master (fault records) length.
2.1 OPC Connection

• OPC XML DA Server
Exchange of structured information via Internet in XML
format
• OPC Server (DA V3.0)
Data exchange with OPC Clients of other applications, for
example, process visualization systems
• OPC Client (DA V3.0)
Data exchange with any OPC server of other applications, for
example, automation systems or other manufacturers'
protocol drivers
IEC 61850
The communication standard for the IEC 61850 station bus is
based on Ethernet TCP/IP.
IEC 61850 defines the communication and the exchange of
configuration data between bay devices and substations from
[dw_IEC61850_connection_ex, 1, en_US]
different manufacturers. Based on the IEC 61850 GOOSE mech-
anism, bay devices can directly exchange data - independently Figure 2.1/11 IEC 61850 Connection Example
of the operating state of the substation controller. This cross
communication enables for example, the implementation of If larger distances have to be overcome or if a larger number of
bay-independent interlocks on the device level. devices have to be connected, the configuration shown below
The status of the IEDs´ GOOSE server can be monitored with should be considered.
SICAM PAS.
The example below illustrates the connection of bay devices to
Depending on the project requirements, the IEC 61850 station an Ethernet ring through switches.
bus based on Ethernet TCP/IP can be realized in different config-
urations:
• Star configuration, electrical variant
• Ring structures, optical variant
• Combination of star and ring structures
• Redundant LAN with shock-free, continuous operation
(Parallel Redundancy Protocol - PRP)
Through their integrated communication modules, SIPROTEC 4
and SIPROTEC 5 devices can be incorporated directly into an
Ethernet ring. External switches are not required.
In a ring structure, a redundancy mechanism (Rapid Spanning
Tree Protocol - RSTP, High-availability Seamless Redundancy -
HSR) ensures that the communication to the devices is main-
tained even in case of a communication interruption in a ring
segment or in case of failure of a device in the ring.
For the connection of other devices to this ring, for example, a [dw_IEC61850connex_Ethernetring_Switches, 1, en_US]
SICAM Station Unit or third-party devices, Siemens recommends
the use of switches manufactured by Siemens, RUGGEDCOM or Figure 2.1/12 IEC 61850 Connection Example to an Ethernet Ring
through Switches
Hirschmann. The switches used in ring structures must originate
from the same manufacturer.

SICAM PAS – Communication Interfaces
The example below illustrates the direct connection (without The optional use of TLS (Transport Layer Security) and authenti-
additional switches) of SIPROTEC 4 and SIPROTEC 5 devices cation provides additional security during data transmission.
which are equipped with Ethernet communication modules.
Modbus
The Modbus bay bus standard is used in the field of automation
engineering and supported by distributed I/Os.
The communication can be performed through Ethernet TCP/IP
or serial interfaces.
PROFIBUS DP
The PROFIBUS DP bay bus standard is frequently used in the field 2.1
of automation engineering and supported by distributed I/Os.
The devices equipped with a PROFIBUS DP interface (DPV0),
such as SIMEAS P, ET200, or SIPROTEC 4 devices, can be
connected to SICAM PAS.
[dw_ConnEx_SIPROTEC4devices_EN100, 2, en_US] For the connection of PROFIBUS DP devices, Siemens recom-
Figure 2.1/13 Connection Example – SIPROTEC 4 and SIPROTEC 5
mends the use of PROFIBUS components manufactured by
Devices Siemens (for example, OLM for fiber-optic connections).
IEC 60870-5-103 PROFINET IO
The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is supported by the protection The PROFINET IO bay bus standard is used in the field of auto-
and bay devices of numerous manufacturers. For example, mation engineering and supported by distributed I/Os.
SIPROTEC devices, SIMEAS T or transformer controllers manufac- The devices equipped with a PROFINET IO interface, such as
tured by Eberle or Reinhausen can be connected to SICAM PAS. ET200, can be connected to SICAM PAS.
The following applies for the connection to SICAM PAS:
IEC 60870-5-104
The IEC 60870-5-104 protocol is used for the connection of bay • A separate Ethernet module must be used for PROFINET IO.
devices and substations to SICAM PAS through Ethernet TCP/IP. • The PROFINET configuration is configured using the TIA Portal
(≥ SIMATIC Step7 V13 SP1).
The optional use of TLS (Transport Layer Security) provides addi-
tional security during data transmission. • The xml file exported via the TIA Portal is imported using
SICAM PAS UI – Configuration.
IEC 60870-5-101
The IEC 60870-5-101 protocol is used for the connection of Additional Station Control Functions
substations to SICAM PAS through serial interfaces. During, for example, maintenance work or for other system
COM port management reasons, information exchange with the control
centers or the station proper can be blocked with the telecon-
• Baud rates of up to 38 400 baud trol blocking and bay blocking functions. Channel-specific
• Operating modes configuration of telecontrol blocking is possible. This permits
– Balanced for point-to-point configuration information transfer to one control center to be blocked during
– Unbalanced for line operation with up to 16 substations operation while it remains active to other network control
centers. Bay and telecontrol blocking have an effect in signaling
Modem and command direction.
• Modems for line operation, with the capability of being stag- Channel-specific switching authority also permits distinction
gered between local control (SICAM SCC) and remote control and
• IAWD, analog, ISDN, GSM dial-up mode between network control center connections to be made. In
addition, you can declare information-specific exceptions for
• Baud rates of up to 9200 baud these 3 functions. This permits, for example, certain messages
• Spare modems can be configured. to be transferred despite an activated blocking, or special
If a modem is busy communicating with another substation or commands to be processed and output despite a defined
if a modem has failed, the spare modem automatically takes switching authority. While 1-out-of-n control is usually effective
over the communication. in the individual field devices (this means that only one
Siemens recommends the use of INSYS modems. command is accepted and output at any one time), m-out-of-n
control is supported with SICAM PAS at the side of the substa-
DNP 3.0 tion automation technology. This permits the number of
commands to be defined that may be processed simultaneously
The DNP 3.0 protocol is used for the connection of bay devices
across the field devices. Synchronized/unsynchronized control of
and substations to SICAM PAS through Ethernet TCP/IP or serial
circuit breaker is possible.
interfaces.

SICAM PAS – Additional Functions
Triggered by an event, the SICAM PAS option Post Disturbance such as bay and telecontrol blocking, switching authorities,
Review (PDR) records the status changes of messages and marker commands to the SoftPLC for an operation-related
measured values over a period of up to 6 min. The trigger event, control of the automation functions are kept redundant in
the length of the time frame (including 1 min pre-trigger time) redundancy operation in both substation controllers. The
and the recorded information object can be parameterized. The current settings remain valid after redundancy switchover.
resulting disturbance data file is archived. Graphical and tabular SICAM SCC communicates simultaneously with both redundant
evaluation is possible in the view Incident Explorer of the substation controllers. Redundant operation of process visualiza-
SICAM PQ Analyzer. tion is also possible with SICAM SCC and of fault recording
archiving with SICAM PQ Analyzer.
Automation tasks can be configured in SICAM PAS with
IEC 61131-compliant CFC (Continuous Function Chart). In this
editor, the task is resolved graphically by interconnecting func- SICAM PAS Compact
2.1 tion blocks. The SICAM PAS scope of delivery includes a large The SICAM PAS package contains the functionality of the
library of CFC function blocks that have been developed and Runtime & Configuration base package. It is available with
system-tested specifically for power automation. The field of different functional scope (variants A, B and C). SICAM PAS can
application stretches from simple common alarm generation via later be enhanced with function packages.
switch interlocking up to complex switching sequences. The SFC
(Sequential Function Chart) editor supports the creation of Multilanguage Manager Tool
switching sequences. In this context, additional preconfigured
The Multilanguage Manager Tool can be used to translate the
and system-tested applications, such as frequency-based load
SICAM PAS/PQS user interface and runtime language. The repo-
shedding, transformer monitoring, and SF6 gas monitor can
sitory with the translated text is integrated into the installed
optionally be licensed. In addition to special functions and CFC
product.
diagrams, the scope of delivery also includes operation images
for SICAM SCC. The Multilanguage Manager Tool is installed together with
SICAM PAS/PQS and/or SICAM PQ Analyzer. It does not require a
If the SICAM PAS station shall take over the time synchroniza-
licensed version of SICAM PAS/PQS. A project can only be
tion of field devices, substations and SICAM SCC, this can be
created to check the translation when SICAM PAS/PQS is
done via a DCF 77 or Hopf GPS time-signal receiver in the
installed as a demo version or as a licensed version.
computer. Time synchronization of the SICAM PAS system
components is also possible from a network control center.
Security
SICAM PAS Applications For the protocols DNP 3.0i Master, DNP 3.0i Slave,
IEC 60870-5-104 Master, and IEC 60870-5-104 Slave, you can
SICAM PAS Applications reduces the effort and the technical risk
use certificates to secure data transmission.
during the implementation of selected automation task in
accordance with the automation standard IEC 61131-3, and
provides finished applications from automation practice as an
enhancement of SICAM PAS.
Redundancy
SICAM PAS contains large redundancy functions to increase the
availability of station automation:
• The station control unit can be used twice
• Communication to field devices and RTUs can be redundant
("interface redundancy")
• The network (LAN) can be redundant (PRP)
• Subordinate devices can be duplicated (redundancy on bay
control level)
• Subdevices can be supported that have been designed for
communication with only one master (only one serial inter-
face, for example)
The individual applications (communication protocols) work
independently of each other in a hot-standby relationship. This
means that fault-related switchover (such as switching the
IEC 61850 Client from one substation controller to another one)
does not have any effect on the communication connection to
the control center. This connection remains without interruption
on the first substation controller. In addition to increased
stability in unaffected communication connections, redundancy
switchover of affected components is performed inside a very
short time (depending on application and configuration,
between 250 ms and max. 3 s) Adjustments during operation,

SICAM PAS – Software and Hardware Requirements
One of the following operating systems is required:

• Windows Embedded 7 (SICAM Station Unit V2.40, 32-bit)
• Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard (64-bit)
• Windows 8.1 Professional (64-bit)
• Windows 10 Professional (64-bit)
Computer equipped with:
• Processor:
– Minimum: Intel Core 2 Duo 1.6 GHz
– Recommended: Quad Core CPU 3 GHz
• Primary storage capacity: 2.1
– Minimum: 2 GB
– Recommended for engineering of large stations: > 4 GB
• Hard disk capacity:
– Minimum: 4 GB plus configured archive size
• Graphics card:
– Minimum: 1024 x 768
– Recommended: 1920 x 1080
• Monitor suitable for graphics card
• DVD drive
• Keyboard
• Mouse
• Network interface
• USB port for dongle
SICAM PAS/PQS is released for computers with multi-core
processors. Computers with multi-processor main boards are
supported when working in single-processor mode.

SICAM PAS – Selection and Ordering Data
Selection and Ordering Data
Description Variants Order no.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Basic packages Version 8.08 □ □ □ 9 0 □ 0 - 1 □ A □ 0 - 8 A A 0

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
The basic packages are only still supplied with a USB dongle (MLFB position 8=”1”) Dongles for
│││ │ │ │
the parallel printer interface can no longer be ordered.
Runtime & configuration │││ │ │ │
Full Server (up to 15 devices/up to 6 M D 0 M 0
2000 master information objects)
2.1 Full Server (runtime up to 180 devices; config- 6 M D 0 A 0
uration more than 15 devices / more than
Runtime │││ │ │ │
Full Server (up to 4 devices) 7 K E 0 R 1
Full Server (up to 15 devices/up to 6 M D 0 M 1
Full Server (up to 180 devices) 6 M D 0 A 1
Configuration │││ │ │ │
Configuration (up to 15 devices and/or up to
6 M D 0 M 2
Configuration (more than 15 devices and/or
6 M D 0 A 2
more than 2000 master information objects)
Device interface processor (DIP) │││ │ │ │
Runtime & configuration 6 M D 1 A 0
Runtime 6 M D 1 A 1
Additional V8.05 order for special use
DVD with V8.05 software, latest version C 5 3 2 0 7 - A 4 0 4 - 4 4 8 - 1
released for Windows XP, SICAM Station Unit
V2.20, Windows Server 2003 R2 and the use
of PROFIBUS FMS;
Prerequisite: License / dongle order with
MLFBs 6MD90..-…..-8..0 / 7KE90..-…..-8..0
SICAM PAS Compact (basic package including some options) 6 M D 9 0 2 0 - 1 M A 0 0 - 8 □ □ 0
Supports up to 2000 master information objects (functional upgrades not applicable) ▲ ▲
R&C including automation, IEC 61850 Client,
IEC 60870-5-103 Master, DNP 3.0 Master/
A A
Slave, Modbus Master/Slave, PROFIBUS DP,
IEC 60870-5-104 Slave, Telegyr 8979 Slave
IEC 60870-5-103 Master, DNP 3.0 Master, B A
Modbus Master, IEC 60870-5-104 Slave
IEC 60870-5-103 Master, DNP 3.0 Master/ C A
Slave, Modbus Master
Continued on next page
Table 2.1/1 SICAM PAS Selection and Ordering Data


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Functional upgrades with respect to the supported number of devices 6 M D 9 0 0 □ - 0 □ A □ □ - 8 A A 0

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Full Server - runtime (up to 15 devices/ Prerequisite:
2000 master information objects) 4 R 1 0
7KE9000-1RA10-8AA0
Full Server - runtime (up to 180 devices) Prerequisite:
4 M 1 0
6MD9000-1MA10-8AA0
Full Server - runtime up to 180 devices, config- Prerequisite:
uration more than 15 devices/2000 master 4 M 0 0 2.1
6MD9000-1MA00-8AA0
information objects
Configuration (more than 15 devices/ Prerequisite:
2000 master information objects) 4 M 2 0
6MD9000-1MA20-8AA0
Full Server - runtime (more than 180 devices) Prerequisite:
6MD9000-1AA10-8AA0 or 4 A 1 0
6MD9000-1AA00-8AA0
Functional upgrades – from ”Runtime” to ”Runtime & configuration” │ │ │ │
Upgrade ≤15 (runtime already available) Prerequisite:
4 A 2 4
6MD9000-1MA10-8AA0
Upgrade >15 (Runtime already available) Prerequisite:
4 A 2 3
6MD9000-1AA10-8AA0
Version upgrade │ │ │ │
SICAM PAS/PQS upgrade to V8.0x SPx (the first 3 A 0 0
order must be referenced in the order)


Options & Add-ons 6 M D 9 0 0 □ - 0 □ □ □ □ - 8 □ A 0
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Applications (Power Automation) │ │ │ │ │ │
Automation 0 B A 5 0 A
PDR recorder (Post Disturbance Review) 0 B A 7 0 A
Add-ons (Power Automation) │ │ │ │ │ │
Secure communication (for TCP/IP-based
communication protocols IEC 60870-5-104 0 S C 0 0 A
Master/Slave, DNP 3.0 Master/Slave)
2.1 SICAM PAS applications (Load shedding, Gas
0 P A 0 1 A
Monitoring, Transformer Monitoring)
Master protocols (field devices, RTUs) │ │ │ │ │ │
IEC 61850 client (monitoring direction) 0 C E 0 0 M
IEC 61850 client 0 C E 0 0 A
IEC 61850 GOOSE status monitoring, 0 C E 0 1 A
GOOSE Publisher
IEC 60870-5-101 master 0 C D 0 0 A
IEC 60870-5-103 master (monitoring direc-
0 C B 0 0 M
tion)
IEC 60870-5-103 master 0 C B 0 0 A
IEC 60870-5-104 master 0 C D 0 4 A
DNP 3.0 master (serial and TCP/IP) 0 C B 0 7 A
Modbus master (serial and TCP/IP) 0 C B 0 5 A
Driver module for PROFIBUS DP 0 C B 0 1 A
PROFINET IO master 0 C B 0 8 A
SINAUT LSA - ILSA 0 C B 0 3 A
OPC client 0 B A 4 0 A
Slave protocols to connect to control centers │ │ │ │ │ │
IEC 60870-5-101 slave 0 C C 0 0 A
IEC 60870-5-104 slave 0 C C 0 4 A
DNP 3.0 slave (serial and TCP/IP) 0 C C 0 7 A
Modbus slave (serial and TCP/IP) 0 C C 0 5 A
IEC 61850 Server 0 C F 0 0 A
CDT slave (serial) 0 C C 0 8 A
Telegyr 8979 Slave (serial) 0 C C 1 0 A
OPC XML-DA server 0 C A 4 1 A
Function upgrades for communication applications that support only the monitoring direction │ │ │ │ │ │
IEC 60870-5-103 Master (additionally supports
command direction)
4 C B 0 0 A
Prerequisite:
6MD9000-0CB00-8MA0
IEC 61850 Client (additionally supports
command direction)
4 C E 0 0 A
Prerequisite:
6MD9000-0CE00-8MA0

Product description Variants Order no.

PQ applications 7 K E 9 0 0 □ - 0 □ □ □ □ - 8 A A 0
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Master protocols Power Quality │ │ │ │ │
SIMEAS R master 0 C B 1 1
SICAM Q80 Master 0 C B 1 2
Applications Power Quality │ │ │ │ │
Automatic COMTRADE import 0 B A 6 0
Automatic COMTRADE export 0 B A 6 1
Automatic PQDIF import 0 B A 6 2
2.1
Automatic PQDIF export 0 B A 6 3
Automatic report export 0 B A 6 4
Automatic fault location 0 B A 6 5
Automatic notification (e-mail, SMS) 0 B A 6 6
Automatic Grid Code evaluation 0 B A 6 7
Scheduled PQ reports 0 B A 6 8

SICAM AK 3 – Description
Description
In addition to a high degree of functionality and flexibility for
the automation of energy supply systems, the innovative
SICAM AK 3 automation component also offers extensive
options for telecontrol, for communications and for periphery
connection and can thus be used for an incredibly diverse range
of duties.
With respect to communication, automation functionality and
redundancy, the SICAM AK 3 is the most powerful device within
the SICAM RTU product family. Automation, telecontrol and
communication tasks can be easily combined and are entirely
IEC 61850 compliant. SICAM AK 3 not only impresses with an
improved mechanical design, but also with considerable simpli-
2.2 fication of the hardware components while simultaneously
increasing performance:
A power supply with better performance (optionally redundant)
is as much a component of the consistent further development
as the integration of two network interfaces on the CPU boards [ph_SICAM AK 3 CM-2846_W3, 1, --_--]
(can be extended by up to four interfaces). Additional connec- Figure 2.2/1 SICAM AK 3

tion points and patch plugs are no longer required.
All existing and proven SICAM AK system concepts and func- • Ethernet interface integrated on the CP-2016 and CP-2019
tions, starting with redundancy, automatic data flow right up to
SICAM safety and much more, also remain available with
• Higher availability with greater performance
SICAM AK 3 in the third AK generation. • Continued use of peripheral modules
As all products in the SICAM RTU system family, SICAM AK 3 can • Remote servicing via encrypted end-to-end security
be parametrized with the object-oriented engineering software • Conforms to BDEW and NERC CIP
SICAM TOOLBOX II.
Functions
Dimensions (WxHxD) CM-2844: 295 x 296 x 280 mm; In the critical infrastructure area, automation devices are subject
Space required: 415 x 435 x 290 mm to strict requirements with respect to continuous further devel-
CM-2846: 483 x 296 x 280 mm; opments in cyber security. SICAM AK 3 was also further opti-
mized in this respect and equipped with new security features:
Space required: 603 x 435 x 290 mm
Protocols IEC 60870-5-101, 103, 104, IEC 61850, • User authentication on the device
Profibus DP, SAT SSI, SAT PCMBA, Modbus, • Encrypted end-to-end communication in the case of remote
DNP3, IEC 61107 servicing over the network via the SICAM TOOL II (preparation
Open- and closed-loop In each case, 512 kB for user program, approx. for process communication)
50,000 variables and signals, of which
control function
2,000 buffered, 250 buffered set point values • Security logbook, for transmission of safety-relevant events to
a central point via syslog
EMC IEC 60870-2, IEC 60255, IEC 60950, IEC 61000,
EN 50082, CISPR 22 etc. • Stress test with every firmware version in order to remain
Temperature range -5 °C to + 55 °C available in an emergency during “denial of service” (DoS)
attacks.
Benefits • Application “Layer firewall” via two physical Ethernet ports for
complete decoupling of networks
• Flexible use as an automation, telecontrol and substation
controller as well as a data node of widely distributed
processes Applications
• Integrable in any system due to a multitude of communica- • Power generation, transportation and circulation
tion interfaces • Industrial power systems
• Time and cost savings due to simple engineering and easy • Microgrid
maintenance
• Railway power supply
• Unchanged engineering with the proven SICAM TOOLBOX II • Tunnel automation
• Storage of parameters and firmware on SD card • Oil and gas pipelines
• Module replacement without engineering tool With SICAM AK 3, the widest variety of media for local and
• New optimized rack remote communication can be used (e.g. wired connections,
• Power supply (120 W), optionally redundant optical fibers, radio transmission, dial-up communication, GSM,
GPRS, WAN, LAN, Fieldbus).
• Powerful master CPU (CP-2016) and C-CPU (CP-2019)

With simple assembly of serial interface modules, a total of up to Each printed circuit board assembly and each module on which
68 communication interfaces are possible in a SICAM AK 3, firmware can run forms a system element together with the
wherein a separate different protocol can be used for each inter- firmware that specifies the functional characteristics.
face.
Adaptation to the specific requirements of the application is
Protocols in accordance with IEC 60870-5-101/103/104 and attained by the individual assembly and by loading standard
IEC 61850 are used for communication. The consistent use of firmware and parameters. Here, within their defined limits, the
this standard guarantees consistent addressing of the data from parameters not only define the behavior of the firmware func-
start to finish. tions but also that of the hardware functions. Hence for all
module types, all mechanical parameterization such as the
In addition, the widest variety of third-party protocols are avail-
changing of jumpers or burdens is unneeded and thus not only
able. This allows seamless integration into existing automation
allows online modification but also a consistent documentation
networks guaranteeing longer-term protection of previous
of the set parameters by the SICAM TOOLBOX II as well as a
investments.
simplified storage.
The basis for this automation concept is a modular, open and
Due to the modular architecture, SICAM AK 3 can be used in a 2.2
hence technology-independent system architecture for
wide variety of applications:
processing, communication and periphery (multi-processor
system, firmware). • Front end, gateway
In the case of further developments, standardized interfaces • Control technology applications, automation applications
between the individual elements also allow the latest tech-
• Substation controller
nology to be used without having to change the existing
elements. In this way, long product service life and hence • Sub-nodes
investment security and continuity can be guaranteed. • Telecontrol substation
[dw_application_station-config, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.2/2 Application Example, Station Automation
Fundamentally, all functionalities required for this are available. Due to the large number of interfaces (up to 68) and the widest
The actual application is easily defined via the corresponding variety of available protocols, SICAM AK 3 is optimally suited to
assembly and parameterization. use as a front end for a process control system.

All telecontrol substations will be coupled to SICAM AK 3 – inde-

pendent of manufacturer and protocol. Signal preparation and
adaptation takes place for the respective control system in the
front end. From the perspective of the control system, it makes
no difference which protocol and which system behavior the
substation actually has.
Control and regulation technology user programs are created
using CAEx plus in accordance with IEC 61131-3, a standard that
is recognized and that has established itself on the market.
In SICAM AK 3, a system element with control function can be
inserted in every slot. SICAM AK 3 is thus, and for reasons of the
modular structure, suitable for many applications: from smaller
automation applications right up to complex control technology
2.2 applications. Naturally, all applications can also be combined.
The functionality of a substation controller can simply be seen
as a combination of the functionality of a front end (interfacing
of various bay units, protection devices, processing of data for
power systems control) and the functionality of control tech-
nology applications (control and regulation technology user
programs), and is hence ideally suited to this application. In
addition, telecontrol periphery could also be included in the
substation controller so the telecontrol station and the substa-
tion controller could be combined in one device.
For telecontrol applications, a modular, diverse periphery is
available for coupling process data.
Specially due to the possibility of dropping SICAM TM periphery,
SICAM AK 3 supports central and distributed peripheral
elements. Flexible communication functions allow redundant
communication and communication via alternative paths.
Naturally, any control and regulation technology user programs
can be implemented in SICAM AK 3 with CAEx plus, wherein
SICAM AK 3 can be a remote terminal unit and an automation
device in one, simultaneously and to the same degree.

SICAM AK 3 – Dimensional Drawings
Dimensional Drawings
2.2
[AK_3_BGTR_CM-2844_Abmessungen_Seite, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.2/3 CM-2844 and CM-2848 – Rear Plate Layout

2.2
[AK_3_BGTR_CM-2844_Abmessungen_Front, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.2/4 CM-2844 – Rear Plate Layout
Figure 2.2/5 CM-2848 – Rear Plate Layout

2.2
[AK_3_BGTR_CM-2843_Abmessungen_Seite, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.2/6 CM-2843 – 19" (Swivel) Rack Installation

2.2
Figure 2.2/7 CM-2843 – 19" (Swivel) Rack Installation

SICAM AK 3 – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM AK 3: Automation, communication, telecontrol 6 M F 1 □ □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - □ □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Rack │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CM-2844 SICAM AK 3 rack 1 1 3 0 C J 4 4 0 A A 0
for 9 slots │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
for 17 slots │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CM-2843 SICAM AK 3 extension 1 1 3 0 C J 4 3 0 A A 0
rack for 16 slots │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
2.2
CM-2847 SICAM AK 3 migration 1 1 3 0 C J 4 7 0 A A 0
Rack for 17 slots │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
for 17 slots red. M-CPU │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Power supply │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
PS-2630 power supply DC 24 V to 60 V AK 3 1 1 3 0 C G 3 0 0 A A 0
PS-2632 power supply DC 110 V to 220 V, 1 1 3 0 C G 3 2 0 A A 0
AC 230 V AK 3
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Master control element │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CP-2016 central processing unit 0 1 3 0 C A 1 6 0 A A 0
Front panel CP-2016 AK 3 3 1 3 0 C A 7 0 0 A A 0
Flash card, 2 GB 2 1 3 1 G A 0 5 0 A A 0
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Peripheral elements │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Front panel, blank AK 3 3 1 3 0 C A 8 6 0 A A 0
DI-2112 binary input 8 x 8, DC 24 V, 1 ms 0 1 3 0 C B 1 2 0 A A 0
Front panel DI-2112 AK 3 3 1 3 0 C A 7 2 0 A A 0
DI-2113 binary input 8 x 8, DC 48/60 V,1 ms 0 1 3 0 C B 1 3 0 A A 0
DO-2201 binary output (transistor, 40 x 1, 0 1 1 0 C C 0 1 0 A A 0
DC 24 V to 60 V)
Front panel DO-2201 AK 3 3 1 3 0 C A 7 6 0 A A 0
DO-2210 secure command output DC 24 V to 0 1 1 0 C C 1 0 0 A A 0
48 V
DO-2211 secure command output DC 125 V 0 1 1 0 C C 1 1 0 A A 0
AI-2300 analog input / output (16 x ±20 mA + 0 1 1 0 C D 0 0 0 A A 0
4 x opt.ext.)
Front panel AI-2300 AK 3 3 1 3 2 C A 7 0 0 A A 0
AI-2302 analog input 16 x ±6 mA, 4 x opt. I/O 0 1 1 0 C D 0 2 0 A A 0
module
Front panel AI-2302 AK 3 3 1 3 0 C A 8 1 0 A A 0
Continued on next page │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Table 2.2/1 SICAM AK 3 Selection and Ordering Data


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Continued from previous page 6 M F 1 □ □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - □ □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Submodules for AK peripheral elements │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
SM-0570 analog input (2 x ±20 mA, ±10 V) 0 1 1 0 A F 7 0 0 A A 0
(opt. ext.) │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
SM-0571 analog input (2 x Pt100) 0 1 1 0 A F 7 1 0 A A 0
SM-0572 analog output (2 x ±20 mA, 0 1 1 0 A F 7 2 0 A A 0
±1/10 V)
SM-0574 counter input (2 x DC 24 V to 60 V) 0 1 1 0 A F 7 4 0 A A 0
SM-2506 measuring modem com. out 0 1 1 0 C F 0 6 0 A A 0
2.2
DC 24 V to 60 V
SM-2507 measuring modem com. out 0 1 1 0 C F 0 7 0 A A 0
DC 125 V
CM-2890 periph. cable crimp 5 m 100-way 3 1 3 1 C J 0 0 0 A A 1
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Processing and communication element │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CP-2019 communication and processing 0 1 3 2 C A 1 0 0 A A 0
Front panel CP-2019 AK 3 3 1 3 0 C A 7 1 0 A A 0
Front panel CP-2019 FS AK 3 3 1 3 0 C A 8 3 0 A A 0
CP-2017 communication/processing 0 1 3 0 C A 1 7 0 A A 0
Front panel CP-2017 3 1 3 1 C A 0 3 0 A A 0
CM-2838 communication connection CP-2017 3 1 3 1 C J 3 8 0 A A 0
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Protocol elements (hardware) │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CPU │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
SM-2551 serial interface proc. 2 ser. interfaces 0 1 3 0 C F 5 1 0 A A 0
SM-2558 Ethernet interf. 1 x 100 TX, (+1 SS) 0 1 3 0 C F 5 8 0 A A 0
SM-2557 Dual Network Interface Ethernet 0 1 3 0 C F 5 7 0 A A 0
2 x 100 TX
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Submodule for SM-2558 │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
SM-0551 serial interface processor 1 SI 0 1 3 0 A F 5 1 0 A A 0
Continued on next page │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
TM peripheral elements │││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Power supply │││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
PS-6630 power supply DC 24 V to 60 V EMC+ 1 1 3 0 G G 3 0 0 A A 0
PS-6632 power supply DC 110 V to 220 V 1 1 3 0 G G 3 2 0 A A 0
EMC+
│││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Peripheral connection │││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
PE-6410 peripheral connection for electrical 1 1 3 0 G E 1 0 0 A A 0
2.2
peripheral bus Ax 1703
PE-6411 peripheral connection for optical 1 1 3 0 G E 1 1 0 A A 0
peripheral bus
PE-6412 peripheral connection for Ax 1703 1 1 3 0 G E 1 2 0 A A 0
2 x optical peripheral bus
│││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Binary inputs │││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DI-6100 binary input 2 x 8, DC 24 V to 60 V 1 1 3 0 G B 0 0 0 A A 0
DI-6102 binary input 2 x 8, DC 24 to 60 V, 1 1 3 0 G B 0 2 0 A A 0
1 ms
DI-6103 binary input 2 x 8, DC 110 V to 1 1 3 0 G B 0 3 0 A A 0
220 V, 1 ms
DI-6104 binary input 2 x 8, DC 220 V 1 1 3 0 G B 0 4 0 A A 0
│││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Analog inputs │││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
AI-6300 analog input 2 x 2 ±20 mA/ ±10 V 1 1 3 0 G D 0 0 0 A A 0
AI-6307 analog input 2 x 2 ±5 mA 1 1 3 0 G D 0 7 0 A A 0
AI-6308 analog input 2 x 2 ±1mA/ ±2 mA 1 1 3 0 G D 0 8 0 A A 0
AI-6310 analog input 2 x 2 Pt100 1 1 3 0 G D 1 0 0 A A 0
AI-6303 transformer direct input (4 x 220 V, 1 1 3 0 G D 0 3 0 A A 0
3 x 6 A)
3 x 6 A) 2 x optical analog outputs
AO-6380 analog output 4 x ±20 mA/±10 mA 1 1 3 0 G D 8 0 0 A A 0
± 10 V
│││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Binary outputs │││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DO-6200 binary output transistor 2 x 8 1 1 3 0 G C 0 0 0 A A 0
DC 24 V to 48 V
DO-6212 binary output relay 1 x 8 DC 24 V to 1 1 3 0 G C 1 2 0 A A 0
220 V, AC 230 V
DO-6220 command output base module 1 1 3 0 G C 2 0 0 A A 0
DO-6221 command output base module with 1 1 3 0 G C 2 1 0 A A 0
measurement
DO-6230 command output relay module 1 1 3 0 G C 3 0 0 A A 0
Continued on next page │││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Table 2.2/3 SICAM AK 3 - Selection and Ordering Data


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Speed and position measurement │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
TE-6420 speed measurement 2 x 2 DC 5/24 V/ 1 1 3 0 G E 2 0 0 A A 0
NAMUR
TE-6430 counter input 2 x DC 24 V to 60 V 1 1 3 0 G E 3 0 0 A A 0
TE-6450 position measurement 2 x 2 SSI/ 1 1 3 0 G E 5 0 0 A A 0
RS422
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Transformer direct input │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
2.2
3 x 6 A)
AI-6304 transformer direct input (4 x 220 V, 3 1 1 3 0 G D 0 4 0 A A 0
x 6 A) 2 x optical (only in combination with AK
in redundant configurations)
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Accessories │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Modems │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CE-0700 V.23 leased line modem 1 0 2 0 B C 0 0 0 A A 0
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CM-0819 RS232/RS485 conv. galv. separated 1 1 1 2 A J 1 0 0 A A 0
CM-0821 Fieldbus interface for ring feeder 1 1 1 0 A J 2 1 0 A A 0
(3 x optical fibers, 1 x el.)
CM-0822 Fieldbus interface star (4 x optical 1 1 1 0 A J 2 2 0 A A 0
fibers)
CM-0823 Fieldbus interface ring feeder (3 x 1 1 1 0 A J 2 3 0 A A 0
optical fibers, 1x RS485)
CM-0828 fiber-optic interface (TTL FO) 1 1 1 0 A J 2 8 0 A A 0
CM-0829 converter RS232/RS422; RS485 1 1 1 2 A J 2 0 0 A A 0
CM-0827 converter V28/optical 1 1 1 0 A J 2 7 0 A A 0
CM-0847 fiber-optic interface (el. FO) AK 3 1 1 3 0 A J 4 7 0 A A 0
CM-6820 AK redundancy switch 1 1 3 0 G J 2 0 0 A A 0
CM-1820 TB connecting cable 0 1 1 0 B J 2 0 0 A A 0
Rear panel mounting kit for 3 1 3 0 C H 0 2 0 A A 0
CM-2846/43 SICAM AK 3 contains: │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
- Rear panel cover CM-2846 and │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
- Cable strain relief CM-2846 wall │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Fastening kit │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
TC2-068 cable CM-6820 / CP-6010 2.5 m 3 1 3 0 C A 6 8 0 A A 0
CP-6010 EMIC master control module (RED26) 1 1 3 0 G A 1 0 0 A A 0
Flash card, 2 GB 2 1 3 1 G A 0 5 0 A A 0
Release tool for AK PCB assemblies 3 1 1 0 C B 0 5 0 A A 0
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Flat spring screen/insulation plate each 4 units 3 0 1 0 C A 0 2 0 A A 0
SICAM AK 3
INSULATION DI insulation plate double Euro- 3 0 1 0 C A 0 1 0 A A 0
card
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Rear panel mounting kit for CM-2846, 3 1 3 0 C H 0 2 0 A A 0
43 SICAM AK 3; contains rear panel cover
CM-2846 and cable strain relief CM-2846

SICAM TM – Description
Description
SICAM TM is an automation system with diverse communication
interfaces and modular extendable peripheral elements. The
system design permits automation and telecontrol to be
combined in one device. This component offers up to 4 commu-
nication interfaces plus automation function and process inter-
face for peripheral modules.
Furthermore, SICAM TM reduces wide transfer interfaces – by
direct connection of actuators and sensors with wire cross-
sections up to 2.5 mm². Modules for binary input and output up
to DC 220 V also open up savings potential at the coupling level.
For distributed input / output, individual modules can be placed
up to 200 m from the master control. SICAM TM works for
uniformity of addressing from measurement to output with
standards IEC 60870-5-101/-103/-104 and IEC 61850. The
particular plus feature: Client and server functionality are 2.3
offered at the same time over just one Ethernet interface.
Furthermore, seamless integration into existing automation [ph_SICAM TM, 1, --_--]
networks is possible.
Figure 2.3/1 SICAM TM
SICAM TM fulfills the requirements of SIL (Safety Integrity Level)
in accordance with standard IEC 61508. With SICAM Safety,
several safety-related SICAM TM or SICAM AK 3 controls that are
• 35 mm profile rails in accordance with international standards
connected via standard telecontrol protocols can be operated. • Secure internal communication over all bus systems
• Data storage via multimedia card (plug and play for spare
Protocols IEC 60870-5-101/103/104, IEC 61850, PROFIBUS parts)
DP, SAT SSI, SAT PCMBA, Modbus, DNP3,
IEC 61107. Other protocols on request
• Periodic processing and creation of automation functions
carried out by the tool CAEx.plus
Control function 512 kB for user program, approx. 50 000 varia-
bles and signals, of which 2 000 buffered, 250 • Spontaneous processing supports the processing and commu-
buffered set point values nication-oriented telecontrol functions
EMC IEC 60870-2, IEC 60255, IEC 61000, EN 50082 • Parameterizable remote teleprocessing of the peripherals
Supply voltage Master control element: DC 24 V to 60 V +30 % /
-20 %
• Change monitoring, signal creation and time stamping of
event data of periodic processing
Peripheral element: DC 24 V to 60 V +30 % /-25;
DC 110 V to 220 V ±25 % • Temporal decoupling of the signal and prioritized transmis-
sion by means of a deterministic priority algorithm
Temperature range Master control element: -25 °C to +65 °C
(depending on assembly) • Prioritization of messages
Peripheral element: -25 °C to +70 °C • Energy metered value recording
Dimensions Master control element 306 x 155 x 75 mm
• Extended temperature range (-25 °C to +65 °C)
Peripheral element: 630 x 127 x 72 mm = fully
extended peripheral element with
• High EMC (electromagnetic compatibility)
8 I/O modules
• Increased electric strength (class 2)
• SIL 2 classification
Benefits
Applications
• The simple, intuitive usability with SICAM TOOLBOX II reduces The automation and telecontrol engineering unified in one
costs associated with the creation and maintenance of config-
uration data. device stands for flexible application possibilities and problem-
free connection to existing communication infrastructures.
• The storage of parameters and firmware on a flash card
reduces personnel expenses and service costs. Thanks to The wide-ranging operating area extends over:
plug and play, device replacement can be effected without re- • Hydropower plants (for example, turbine governors)
parameterization and without a PC.
• Electrical power distribution and transmission
SICAM TM is distinguished by the following upgradeable
features:
• Oil and gas pipelines
• Microgrids
• Modular, open and technology-independent system structure
• Railway engineering, with adherence to railway safety stand-
• Direct peripheral connections without intermediate terminals ards EN 50126, EN 50128, EN 50129
• Software parameter setting (hardware and software) • Safety-related controls in accordance with IEC 61508 SIL 2,
• LEDs for process and operating conditions also distributed over several SICAM TMs via standard telecon-
trol protocols
• Simplified connection handling via ”intelligent terminals”
SICAM TM – System Design
Depending on requirements, the I/O modules can either be

System Design equipped with an electrical or an optical bus wherein the periph-
eral signals can be measured very close to their place of origin.
SICAM TM was specially developed for easy installation and
Correspondingly, the wide cable system can be reduced to a
high-performance application. Due to its consistent develop-
minimum.
ment, it integrates optimally into automation systems and also
into telecontrol systems.
System Architecture
An important feature of SICAM TM is the efficient and simple
SICAM TM forms an automation unit of the SICAM system family
possibility for connecting process signals. This is attained by I/O
and is composed of the following components:
modules that have a robust housing and that reliably establish
the contact. The I/O modules are arranged adjacent to one • Master control element
another. The contact is established by latching. Other measures
are not required.
• Modular, extendable and detachable peripheral elements
• Protocol elements for communication, can be mounted on the
Here, it remains possible to replace each module individually. A master control element
clearly arranged connection front with status LEDs ensures that
the situation can be clearly comprehended. The configuration of
2.3
terminals allows the direct wiring of sensors/actuators without
the use of intermediate terminals.
[SICAM TM Sytemarchitektur, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.3/2 SICAM TM System Architecture: Connection of Up to 16 Peripheral Elements via Bus Interface (Electrical)
Master control element This architecture guarantees

The master control element forms the heart of the SICAM TM • deterministic behavior of the control function with guaran-
automation module. Process input and output take place exter- teed response times,
nally via peripheral elements. The communication interfaces can
be installed directly on the master control element.
• autonomous behavior (for example, in the event of communi-
cation errors) and
Furthermore the master control element provides the open-
• integration of telecontrol functionality (spontaneous
loop/closed-loop functions and/or the parameterizable telecon- processing and spontaneous communication) as well as the
trol function, as well as the node function for communication control functions (periodic processing and periodic communi-
via serial interfaces and LAN/WAN. For this reason it also serves cation with the peripherals) in one common automation
as a central coordinating element for all system functions and all device.
internal and integral concepts.
In order to connect peripheral elements with the master control
element, a bus interface module must be located adjacent to the
master control element. To this end, the master control element
has a 9-pin D-sub socket on its right side and the bus interface
module has a 9-pin D-sub connector plug on its left side. Up to

SICAM TM – System Design
2 bus interface modules can be mounted on 1 master control connected to the bus interface module via simple standard USB
element and up to 14 peripheral elements can be connected to cables, wherein the assembly effort required for their connec-
one master control element. tion is reduced to a minimum.
Design of the master control element:
• Master control element with a 9-pin D-sub socket
• Bus interface with a 9-pin D-sub connector plug
• Max. 2 bus interface modules on one master control element [Peripherieelement, 1, --_--]
• Up to 14 peripheral elements on one master control element Figure 2.3/3 Peripheral Element
• Up to 4 communication interfaces using added serial interface
modules for: The Ax I/O bus allows secure, serial, system-internal communica-
– Serial communication (point-to-point, shared, dial-up tion between the master control element and the peripheral
communication) elements. Serial communication makes it possible for individual
– LAN/WAN (Ethernet) or all the peripheral elements to be separated from the master
by up to 200 m via optical connections – with complete system
– PROFIBUS DP 2.3
functionality.
• Interfacing of max. 16 peripheral elements via the serial Ax Functions of the peripheral coupling module:
peripheral bus (16 Mbit/s)
• Function plan creation in accordance with IEC 61131-3 with • Secure data exchange with the master control element
CAEx plus for the control functions • Secure data exchange with the connected I/O modules via the
TM bus (terminal module bus)
• Parameterizable telecontrol functions with and without time
addition • Monitoring of connected I/O modules
• Time synchronization via minute pulse, time-signal receivers, • Pre-processing of input and output signals
serial communication connection or NTP server (LAN/WAN)
Functions of the I/O modules:
• Parameterization, diagnosis and test on site or remotely using • Recording and output of binary and analog process signals
SICAM TOOLBOX II
• Storage of parameters and firmware on flash card. • Secure data exchange with the peripheral coupling element
via the TM bus
Peripheral elements
Communication between den I/O modules and the peripheral
A peripheral element comprises coupling module takes place via the TM bus using the master/
slave principle, wherein the I/O modules are the slaves.
• 1 power supply unit
• 1 peripheral coupling module and Since the various modules are located adjacent to one another,
the contact is made automatically over the entire TM bus so that
• up to 8 I/O modules no additional cabling is required.
The appropriate data sheets show precisely how many I/O
Protocol elements
modules can be used for each peripheral element and in what
sequence they can be used. With the help of the protocol elements, data exchange or tele-
gram transmission to other automation units or control systems
An important feature of SICAM TM is the efficient and simple
= communication function.
connection of process signals. This happens with the I/O
modules, which have a robust housing, reliably establish the The hardware of the protocol elements comprises serial inter-
contact and have robust electronics. face modules (SIMs), which can be mounted on the master
control element. Up to two SIMs can be mounted on one master
The I/O modules are attached adjacent to the peripheral
control element.
coupling module. The contact is established by latching. Other
measures are not required. Nevertheless, each individual I/O A serial interface module has:
module can be separately replaced and mounted on a DIN rail. • two serial communication interfaces or
Installation can either be horizontal or vertical.
• 1 LAN communication interface (Ethernet) plus an optional
The terminals (I/O plugs) are removable and thus simplify serial interface or
handling of the modules during assembly or module replace-
ment. Since the terminals contain the cable system, no connec- • 1 Profibus interface (DP master)
tions need to be separated. Since one communication interface corresponds to one protocol
element, up to 4 protocol elements can be used for each
In order to connect peripheral elements with the master control
SICAM TM device. In this way, a multitude of communication
element, a bus interface module must be located adjacent to the
possibilities are available.
master control element. The peripheral coupling modules are

SICAM TM – Dimensional Drawing
Dimensional Drawing
2.3
[SICAM TM Abmessungen, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.3/4 SICAM TM Dimensions

SICAM TM – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16
SICAM TM – Compact automation 6 M F 1 □ 1 □□ - □ □ □ □ □ - □ □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Environmental conditions: -25 °C to +70 °C │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Dimensions (WxHxD) Master control element │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
306 x 155 x 72 mm CP-6014 master control module 1 3 0 G A 1 4 0 A A 0
(Master control element) │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
630 x 127 x 72 mm (fully equipped Flash card, 2 GB 2 1 3 1 G A 0 5 0 A A 0
Peripheral elem. with 8 I/O modules) │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Power supply │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
PS-6630 power supply 1 1 3 0 G G 3 0 0 A A 0
DC 24 to 60 V EMC+ │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ 2.3
PS-6632 power supply 1 1 3 0 G G 3 2 0 A A 0
DC 110 V to 220 V EMC+ │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Peripheral connection │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
PE-6410 peripheral connection for 1 1 3 0 G E 1 0 0 A A 0
electrical peripheral bus Ax 1703 │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
PE-6411 peripheral connection for 1 1 3 0 G E 1 1 0 A A 0
optical peripheral bus Ax 1703 │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
I/O modules │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Up to 8 modules for: Binary inputs │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DI-6101 2 x 8, DC 110 V to 220 V 1 1 3 0 G B 0 1 0 A A 0
DI-6102 binary input 2 x 8, DC 24 V to 60 V, 1 1 3 0 G B 0 2 0 A A 0
1 ms
DI-6103 binary input 2 x 8, DC 110/220 V, 1 1 3 0 G B 0 3 0 A A 0
1 ms
DI-6104 binary input 2 x 8, DC 220 V 1 1 3 0 G B 0 4 0 A A 0
│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Up to 8 modules for: Analog inputs │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
AI-6300 analog input 2 x 2 ±20 mA/ ±10 V 1 1 3 0 G D 0 0 0 A A 0
AI-6307 analog input 2 x 2 ±5 mA 1 1 3 0 G D 0 7 0 A A 0
AI-6308 analog input 2 x 2 ±1mA/ ±2 mA 1 1 3 0 G D 0 8 0 A A 0
AI-6310 analog input 2 x 2 Pt100 1 1 3 0 G D 1 0 0 A A 0
│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Up to 8 modules for: Binary outputs │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DO-6200 binary output transistor 2 x 8 1 1 3 0 G C 0 0 0 A A 0
DC 24 to 48 V │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DO-6212 binary standard relay 1 x 8 1 1 3 0 G C 1 2 0 A A 0
DC 24 V to 220 V
AC 230 V │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Up to 2 modules for: Analog outputs │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
AO-6380 analog output 4 x ±20 mA/ ±10 mA 1 1 3 0 G D 8 0 0 A A 0
±10 V
│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Table 2.3/1 SICAM TM Selection and Ordering Data


(Continued from previous page) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM TM – Compact automation 6 M F 1 □ □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - □ □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Command output │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DO-6220 command output base module 1 1 3 0 G C 2 0 0 A A 0
DO-6221 command output base module with 1 1 3 0 G C 2 1 0 A A 0
measurement
DO-6230 command output relay module 1 1 3 0 G C 3 0 0 A A 0
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Speed and position measurement │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
TE-6420 speed measurement 2 x 2 1 1 3 0 G E 2 0 0 A A 0
DC 5/24 V / NAMUR │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
2.3 TE-6430 counter input 2 x DC 24 V to 60 V 1 1 3 0 G E 3 0 0 A A 0

TE-6450 position measurement 2 x 2 1 1 3 0 G E 5 0 0 A A 0
SSI/RS422 │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Transformer direct input │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
AI-6303 transformer direct input (4 x 220 V,
1 1 3 0 G D 0 3 0 A A 0
3 x 6 A)
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
3 x 6 A) 2x optical 1) │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Bus interface module │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CM-0842 Ax1703 bus interface 4 units, 1 1 1 0 A J 4 2 0 A A 0
Optical fiber │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CM-0843 Ax1703 bus interface electrical 1 1 1 0 A J 4 3 0 A A 0
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Cable │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
T41-252 patch cable CAT5 3 m 3 0 4 0 B C 5 2 0 A A 1
USB cable type A-A AWG20/28 1.5 m 3 1 3 0 G C 0 1 0 A A 1
AX bus patch cable D-sub to RJ45 3.0 m 3 1 3 0 G C 2 0 0 A A 1
CAT5 │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Protocol elements (hardware) │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
SM-2551 serial interface proc. 0 1 3 0 C F 5 1 0 A A 0
2 serial interfaces (SI) │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
SM-2558 Ethernet interf. 1 x 100TX, (+1SS) 0 1 3 0 C F 5 8 0 A A 0
SM-2557 Dual Network Interface Ethernet 0 1 3 0 C F 5 7 0 A A 0
2 x 100TX │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Submodules for SM-2558 │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
SM-0551 serial interface processor 1SI 0 1 3 0 A F 5 1 0 A A 0
Patch plug (1x per Sl) │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CM-2860 patch plug standard V28, Ethernet 2 1 1 0 C J 6 0 0 A A 0
CM-2868 patch plug V28, crosslinked 2 1 1 0 C J 6 8 0 A A 0
CM-2869 patch plug PROFIBUS 2 1 1 2 C J 6 0 0 A A 0
CM-2872 patch plug CM-0821/27 FO 2 1 1 0 C J 7 2 0 A A 0

(1) Only in combination with AK in redundant configurations


SICAM TM – Compact automation 6 M F 1 □ □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - □ □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Accessories Modems │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CE-0700 V.23 leased line modem 1 0 2 0 B C 0 0 0 A A 0
│││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
CM-0819 RS232/RS485 conv. galv. separated 1 1 1 2 A J 1 0 0 A A 0
CM-0821 Fieldbus interf. ring feeder 1 1 1 0 A J 2 1 0 A A 0
(3 x optical fibers, 1 x el.)
CM-0822 Fieldbus interface star (4 x optical 1 1 1 0 A J 2 2 0 A A 0
fibers)
CM-0823 Fieldbus interface ring feeder 1 1 1 0 A J 2 3 0 A A 0
(3 x optical fibers, 1x RS485)
CM-0827 converter V28/optical 1 1 1 0 A J 2 7 0 A A 0 2.3
CM-0829 converter RS232/RS422; RS485 1 1 1 2 A J 2 0 0 A A 0

TC6-200 removal aid for terminals 3 1 3 0 G C 0 0 0 A A 1
TC6-050 bus termination CP-600X 3 1 3 0 G A 5 0 0 A A 1
Supply cable for modem CE070X/DCF 3 1 1 0 E A 5 1 0 A A 0
CM-6810 TM extension cable for I/O module 1 1 3 0 G J 1 0 0 A A 0
CM-1820 TB connecting cable 0 1 1 0 B J 2 0 0 A A 0
CM-0820/ADAP TB adaptor 1 1 1 0 A J 2 0 0 A A 0
WMOD Eurocom for 1703 DIAL UP config. 1 0 2 0 B A 1 4 0 A A 0
SYCON 8 1 1 0 A A 2 0 0 A A 1

SICAM A8000 Series – Description
Description
The SICAM A8000 series is a new modular range of devices for
telecontrol and automation applications in all areas of energy
supply. During development of the range of devices, require-
ments for a wide field of applications were taken into account.
The most important properties at a glance:
• Utilization also in harsh ambient temperatures due to the
extended temperature range of -40 °C to +70 °C
• Also suitable for direct use in switchgear due to the increased
EMC hardness up to 5 kV (IEC 60255)
• Easy engineering with the integrated Web parameterization
tool
• Fulfills the high Cyber Security requirements by means of an
integrated crypto chip and IPSec encryption
• Security of investment due to the use of international stand-
2.4 ards such as IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-101/-103/-104
[SICAM A8000 CP-8000, 1, --_--]
• The modular platform offers diverse application options and Figure 2.4/1 SICAM A8000 CP-8000 with Expansion Modules
reduces warehousing
• Adaptation to existing communication infrastructures with a Functions
multitude of interfaces and the integrated GPRS module
The functionalities of the 3-stage intelligence are also available
• The integrated short-circuit indicator functionality allows use with the SICAM A8000 series:
in power system monitoring
• Time and cost saving thanks to easy installation and mainte- • Monitoring In the first stage, the focus is on monitoring the
stations to allow rapid fault localization and high availability
nance – plug-and-play
• Automation functions (IEC 61131-3), for example, to control a • Telecontrol: In addition to monitoring, the second stage also
contains the telecontrol facility of the switchgear and allows a
variable urban network transformer or to control power flow
considerable reduction in down times. Hence Fault Isolation
• Space-saving design with a module width of 30 mm (in the and Service Restoration of the dead network sections no
case of CP, without display) longer represent difficult tasks for the network suppliers.
• Scalable due to ability to combine of the individual I/O • Load flow control: In the third stage, the effects of decentral-
modules ized infeed are managed by means of automation. Network
losses can thus be considerably reduced.
Communication inter- • 2 x Ethernet LAN TCP/IP10/100BASE-TX
faces and protocols • 1 x RS232, 1 x RS485 (galvanically sepa- Fields of application
rated)
• IEC 60870-5-101/-103/-104, Modbus RTU The operating area for the SICAM A8000 series extends from
• IEC 61850 Ed1/Ed2 client & server
distribution automation, via the connection of regenerative
• DNP3 serial, TCP/IP
energies (wind, solar, hydro), right up to railway power supply
Operation and display • 4 function keys and applications in industry.
• Display (128 x 96 pixels), power, ready and
error LED, status LEDs for the communica- The universally applicable binary or analog input/output
tion interfaces modules can be inserted in any order and with a module width
Real-time clock ±2 ppm, time synchronization by means of of 30 mm are suitable for even the most minimal spatial condi-
SNTP tions and are scalable and extendable at any time in an almost
EMC hardness IEC 60870-2-1, IEC 61010, IEC 60255-5, infinitely variable manner.
IEC 61000-4, EN 55022, CE marking
Example 1: High power and interfaces for complex tasks
IT security IPSec, radius, syslog, https, SNMPV3
Auxiliary voltage DC 18 V to 60 V • Automation tasks in power distribution and transmission,
microgrids
Inputs and outputs • 12 galvanically separated digital inputs
(DC 24 V to 60 V) • Control and turbine regulation in hydropower plants
• 8 digital outputs
• Control and communication in railway power supply
• Max. 116 I/Os with expansion modules
(max. 6 modules) • Communication gateway for different networks and protocols
Temperature range From -40 °C to +70 °C Example 2: Everything at a glance with the on-site compact
Housing specification • Insulated housing for DIN rail mounting solution
(base device) • Dimensions:
128 x 124 x 123 mm (W/H/D) • Use in distribution automation
• Degree of protection: IP20, front IP40 • Optimized for use in MS switchgear
Table 2.4/1 SICAM A8000 CP-8000 • Load flow control available

SICAM A8000 Series – Module Combinations
Example 3: Without display, dimensioned to be space-saving

with slim CP module
• Network connection of solar and wind farms
• Control and monitoring of power and gas distribution stations
• Simple gateway function
Module Combinations
The SICAM A8000 series is a module combination of power
supply, processor and extensions and is used for different tasks
such as control, telecontrol, automation and communication.
The SICAM A8000 CP-8000 compact device combines power
supply, display with function key and also binary inputs and
outputs.
Module types
• Analog input module AI-8320:
4 analog inputs (-20/+20 mA; -10/+10 V)
2.4
• Binary input modules DI-8110/11/12/13:
16 binary inputs (DC 24 V; DC 48/60 V; DC 110 V; DC 220 V)
• Binary output module DO-8212:
8 Binary outputs (DC 24/48/60/110/220 V; AC 110/2300 V)
• Analog input modules AI-8510/11:
3 inputs current/voltage (LoPo, 230 V)
• Current transformer adaptor module CM-8820:
3 inputs current, 1A/5 A (parameterizable)

2.4
Compact device CP-8000

Dimensions (W x H x D) 128 x 124 x 123 mm
Temperature range -40 °C to +70 °C
Input voltage DC18 V to 78 V including tolerance
Interfaces 2 x Ethernet LAN
1 x RS 232
1 x RS 485 (galvanically separated)
Storage SD card
Data points 20 000
Special cases Integrated power supply
12 DI, 8 DO integrated
Max. 116 I/O (max. 6 expansion modules)
4 function keys and display
Table 2.4/2 Compact Device

2.4
Processor module CP-8021 CP-8022 CP-8050

Temperature range -40 °C to +70 °C -25 °C to +70 °C
Interfaces 3 x RJ45 3 x RJ45 2 x Ethernet
(2 x Eth./1 x RS232) (2 x Eth./1 x RS232) 1 x RS485 (serial)
1 x RS485 1 x RS232/RS485 selectable 1 x RS232 (serial)
1 x RS485 1x GPRS
Storage SD up to 2 GB SD up to 4 GB
Data points 20 000 200 000
Distributed archive Available
Table 2.4/3 Processor Modules

2.4
Power supply PS-8620 PS-8622 PS-8640 PS-8642

Voltages Input voltage DC 24 V to 60 V, DC 110 V to 220 V, DC 24 V bis 60 V, DC 110 V bis 220 V,
12 W 12 W 45 W 45 W
AC 100 V bis 240 V,
45 W
Output voltage 1 Uout1 DC 5.15 V DC 5.15 V
±2 % static ±2 % static
±3 % dynamic ±3 % dynamic
Output current 1 0 A to 1.8 A 0 A to 2 A
Output voltage 2 Uout2 DC 28.0 V DC 28.0 V
±10 % static ±10 % static
±3 % dynamic ±3 % dynamic
Output current 2 0 A to 0.43 A 0 A to 1.79 A
Output voltage 3 – – 24 V
+0 %/-15 %
Output current 3 – – 0.42 A
Table 2.4/4 Power Supply Modules

2.4
Communication Module CI-8520

Protocols HRS, PRP, RSTP
Interface 5 x Ethernet with switching function
Table 2.4/5 Communication Module

2.4
Expansion Modules CI-8530 CI-8532

Power supply DC 24 V to 60 V DC 110 V to 220 V
Optional redundant power supply PS-86xx Optional redundant power supply PS-86xx
Interfaces 2 x Ethernet
Special cases Up to 8 x I/O modules
Ethernet-based I/O bus support
Ring, star and daisy chain
Table 2.4/6 Expansion Modules

2.4
Binary input modules DI-8110 DI-8111 DI-8112 DI-8113

Inputs 16 binary inputs
2 groups each with 8 inputs
Rated voltage DC 24 V DC 48/60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V
Max. operating voltage DC 31.2 V DC 78 V DC 143 V DC 253 V
Current consumption < 5 mA < 3 mA < 1.5 mA < 1 mA
Table 2.4/7 Binary Input Modules

2.4
Binary output module DO-8212

Outputs 8 binary outputs (relay)
4 groups each with 2 outputs; galvanically separated
Rated voltage DC 24/48/60/110/220 V; AC 110/230 V
Max. continuous current 8 outputs, in each case max. 3 A (5 A/1 minute)
Switching power Direct voltage Min. 50 mW at DC 5 V
Alternating voltage Max. 1250 VA; 5 A/ AC 250 V, resistive load max. 500 VA; 2 A/ AC 250 V, cosφ = 0.4
Table 2.4/8 Binary Output Module

2.4
Analog input module AI-8320 AI-8510 AI-8511

4 analog inputs 4 groups each with 1 output;
galvanically separated
Measuring range Current measurement -20 to 0 to +20 mA
Voltage measurement -10 to 0 to +10 V
Resolution 0.004 % based on measuring range
value
Accuracy 0.15 % at 25 °C
Inputs for measuring currents Input Voltage at IN 225 mV in accordance with IEC 60044-8
Max. measuring current 200 % I
Rated frequency 45 to 65 Hz
Resolution 16 bit
Sampling 20 values per system period
Inputs for measuring voltage Input voltage AC 100/√3 V, AC 230 V, AC 3.25/√3 V
AC 400/√3 V (parameter-
izable)
Max. measuring voltage 150% Vrated
Rated frequency 50 Hz, 60 Hz (range 45 to 45 to 65 Hz
65 Hz)
Resolution 16 bit
Sampling 20 values per system period
Internal consumption < 0.3 VA
< 0.02 VA
At Vrated=230 V
At Vrated=110 V/√3
Internal resistance 22 kΩ
Table 2.4/9 Analog Input Module

2.4
Current transformer adaptor module CM-8820

Inputs for measuring currents Rated current IN 1 A/5 A (parameterizable)
Max. measuring current 200 % I
Rated frequency 45 Hz to 65 Hz
Internal consumption < 0.1 W At I = 1 A
< 0.3 W At I = 5 A
Thermal rating 10 A Continuous
100 A 1s
Outputs for measuring currents Rated voltage at IN 225 mV in accordance with IEC 60044-8
Max. voltage 450 mV
Rated frequency 45 Hz to 65 Hz

2.4
Analog output module AO-8380

4 analog outputs All outputs galvanically separated
Output current -20 mA to 0 mA to +20 mA at max. 500 W
-10 mA to 0 mA to +10 mA at max. 1 kW
Output voltage -20 V to 0 V to +20 V at min. 1 kW
Accuracy 0.3 % at +25 °C
0.4 % at 0 °C to +50 °C
0.7 % at -20 °C to +70 °C
0.8 % at -40 °C to +70 °C
Table 2.4/10 Analog Output Module

SICAM A8000 Series – Selection and Ordering Data
Description MLFB
Compact devices
CP-8000 Compact device with display/incl. SD card 6MF2101-0AB10-0AA0
Communication interfaces 2 x Ethernet 1 x RS232, 1 x RS485
Power supply DC 24 V to 60 V
12 DI (DC 24 V to 60 V)/8 DO relay (max. AC/DC 250 V)
CP-8000 Compact device with display/incl. SD card 6MF2101-1AB10-0AA0
Communication interfaces 2 x Ethernet 1 x RS232, 1 x RS485
Power supply DC 24 V to 60 V
12 DI (DC 24 V to 60 V)/8 DO relay (max. AC/DC 250 V)
Coupling
2.4 CM-8811 Coupling TM I/O module for SICAM A8000 CP-8000 6MF28811-AA00
Processor module
CP-8021 Processor module 6MF28021-AA00
CP-80221) Processor module with GPRS 6MF28022-AA00
CP-80501) Processor module 6MF28050-AA00
Power supply
PS-8620 DC 24 V to 60 V (12 W) 6MF28620-AA00
PS-8622 DC 110 V to 220 V (12 W) 6MF28622-AA00
PS-86401) DC 24 V to 60 V (45 W)
PS-86421) DC 110 V to 220 V, AC 230 V (45 W)
Communication interface
CI-85201) SICAM Ethernet communication interface 6MF28520-AA00
Binary input
DI-8110 2 x 8, DC 24 V, 1 ms 6MF28110-AA00
DI-8111 2 x 8, DC 48/60 V, 1 ms 6MF28111-AA00
DI-8112 2 x 8, DC 110 V, 1 ms 6MF28112-AA00
DI-8113 2 x 8, DC 220 V, 1ms 6MF28113-AA00
Binary output
DO-8212 8 x DC 24 V to 220 V/AC 230 V 6MF28212-AA00
Analog output
AO-8380 -20 to 0 to +20 mA, -10 to 0 to +10 mA, -10 to 0 to +10 V 6MF28380-AA00
Analog input
AI-8310 1) Pt100/Ni100 (2 groups each with 2 AI) 6MF28310-AA00
AI-8320 4 x +/-20mA, +/-10 V 6MF2832-0AA00
AI-8510 3 x V (100/ AC √3 V, AC 230 V, 400/ AC √3 V), 3xI (LoPo) 6MF28510-AA00
AI-8511 3 x V (LoPo), 3 x I (LoPo) 6MF28511-AA00
Coupling module
CM-8811 Coupling module SICAM I/O modules for CP-8000
Current transformer adaptor module
CM-8820 CT adaptor 3 x I 1 A / 5 A, 225 mV 6MF28820-AA00
SICAM I/O remote interface module
CI-85301) Electrical DC 24 V to 60 V 6MF2853-0AA00
CI-85321) Electrical DC 110 V to 220 V 6MF2853-2AA00
Spare part
Bus connector I/O 10 x1) C53207-A5812-D481
Table 2.4/11 SICAM A8000 Series Selection and Ordering Data

(1) In preparation

SICAM Safety – Description
Description
SICAM Safety is designed for safety-relevant automation of
power distribution in hydropower plants as well as in oil and gas
areas. The goal of the safety technology is to minimize the
hazards of the system operation to people and the environment
without restricting production more than is necessary.
The safety requirements of machinery directive 2006/42/EC can
be found in the following standards:
EN ISO 13849 – safety of machinery
• Safety-related parts of controls
IEC 61508/62061 – safety of machinery
• Functional safety of safety-related electronic control systems
Benefits
SICAM Safety easily and comfortably incorporates safety func-
tions into the system. In addition to automation tasks, the [ph_SICAM Safety, 1, --_--]
SICAM platform thus fulfills the necessary safety requirements.
Figure 2.5/1 SICAM Safety 2.5
SICAM platform extension
• The SICAM Safety application adds safe control and regulation • Temperature rise due to a winding short in the generator
functions to the existing SICAM hardware. The SICAM Safety • Guide rod failure in a Francis turbine
input/output modules are structured as terminal modules.
This means they can be flexibly combined with SICAM When using SICAM Safety, process information is processed by
standard modules. the sensor via the control up to the actuators on 2 channels. All
safety modules are structured internally in a 2-channel format
SICAM TOOLBOX II extension for this purpose. 2 integrated processors handle the firmware in
• The Project engineering and implementation of the safety- parallel and detect errors.
related functions are carried out with the CAEx safety tool set. The decisive advantage: they also monitor each other. If a
SICAM Safety components fulfill all stipulations of the certified failure occurs, the modules reliably switch into a safe state, or
safety integrity level (SIL). remain in such a state.
Guaranteed response time: 100 ms between occurrence of a
Functions criterion and actuation.
Safety application on existing hardware Proven solutions
• Safety and standard applications run simultaneously • A distinction is drawn between standard and safety-related
• Several CP-2019 processing and communication elements can automation tasks.
be installed in one automation unit • Communication between a safety-related control and the
• Several decentralized peripheral elements can be connected safety-related peripheral is carried out via the PROFIsafe
to the SICAM AK 3 protocol.
Use of SICAM Safety input/output modules • Engineering in SICAM TOOLBOX II: You edit the safety param-
eters with OPM II; you then verify and validate safety controls
• Binary input and output for DC 24 V and parameters with the CAEx safety toolset.
• Analog input for 4 to 20 mA SICAM Safety application distributed over several locations
• Thanks to the structure of the terminal module, a mixture of • The SICAM Safety application allows the connection of
standard and safety modules is possible – even as a retrofit
sensors or data from different locations – for example, from
solution.
– Protection systems in large power stations
• The connection can take place in several multipoint partylines – Feed pumps in pipelines
– optionally optical and/or electrical.
• Distribution of the SICAM Safety application to several
Applications SICAM AK 3 or SICAM TM automation units. The partial appli-
cations communicate securely via a standard telecontrol
In addition to use in the oil and gas area, SICAM Safety is
connection with a standard protocol.
primarily suited to the automation of hydropower plants. The
modules protect turbines and generators from mechanical over- Use of SICAM Safety input/output modules
strain. • Binary input and output for DC 24 V
You will reliably recognize: • Analog input for 4 to 20 mA
• Inadmissible operating states
• Shaft rotating unbalance due to bearing damage

SICAM Safety – Description
• Thanks to the terminal module structure, a mixture of

standard and safety modules is possible – even as a retrofit
solution.
• The connection can take place in several multipoint partylines
– optionally optical and/or electrical
2.5
[dw_plant_configuration, 1, en_US]
Figure 2.5/2 SICAM Safety System Configuration

SICAM Safety – Dimensional Drawings
2.5
[IO_Modul_Dim_single_ Modwidth, 1, --_--]
Figure 2.5/3 I/O Module with Single Module Width
[IO_Modul_Dim_double_ Modwidth, 1, --_--]
Figure 2.5/4 I/O Module with Double Module Width

SICAM Safety – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM Safety 6 M F 1 □ □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - □ □ □ □
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
(SICAM AK 3, SICAM TM) │││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DI-6170 binary input 2 x 4, DC 24 V (S) 1 1 3 0 G B 7 0 0 A A 0
DO-6270 binary output trans. 4 x, DC 24 V (S) 1 1 3 0 G C 7 0 0 A A 0
AI-6370 analog input 4 x, 4 to 20 mA (S) 1 1 3 0 G D 7 0 0 A A 0
Labeling strips CP-2017 SIL (S)) 3 1 3 0 C A 6 6 0 A A 0
Table 2.5/1 SICAM Safety Selection and Ordering Data
2.5

www.siemens.com/sicam
Operation, Monitoring and Diagnosis

The operation of electricity-supply systems is becoming more

and more dynamic. In order that power utilities are prepared for
future requirements, they place value on longer service lives of
system parts and place the highest demands on control, protec-
tion and remote control.
SIEMENS is a pioneer of flexible and customized process visuali-
zation in power automation. Thanks to an extensive product
portfolio and many years’ experience, we offer you innovative
solutions for all voltage levels and every substation. You will
benefit from cost-effective investments and economic operation
– without having to dispense with safety and reliability. Allow
yourself to be persuaded by our upgradeable concepts.
On the following pages you will find information about
• SICAM SCC
• SICAM PQ Analyzer (Incident Explorer)
• SICAM DISTO
• SICAM Diamond
[BBD, 1, --_--]
Figure 3/1 Operation, Observation and Diagnosis

SICAM SCC – Description
Description
The process and visualization system SICAM SCC (SICAM Substa-
tion Control Center) is an important component of power auto-
mation solutions. Independent of the utilized substation,
SICAM SCC can be used with both the power automation system
SICAM PAS and also with the products of the SICAM RTU family.
SICAM SCC can communicate directly with bay and protection
devices that support the communications standard IEC 61850,
and can be used for this as a cross-device HMI system.
SICAM SCC, based on SIMATIC WinCC, is scalable for the indi-
vidual applications, and supports efficient engineering for
energy automation solutions of power utilities and industry.
[sc_process_visualization SCC, 1, --_--]
Configuration Options Figure 3.1/1 SICAM SCC
Easily configurable HMI system for system control in power

Logging with Added Value
automation:
In the alarm lists, the original time stamps are logged with ms
• SICAM PAS resolution as they occur in the devices. Each indication is repre-
• SICAM A8000, TM, AK 3 sented with a series of auxiliary information. On the one hand,
• Devices with communications standard IEC 61850 these provide information about the update status of the infor-
mation against the background of a device or communication
• Scalable functionality from stand-alone system up to redun- failure (up to date/not up to date) or an activated bay or telecon-
dant client/server systems, Internet access via Web Navigator
trol blocking. On the other hand, they provide information
• Process visualization with topological coloring. about the cause of the status change (spontaneous, command)
and, in the case of a command process, about the process 3.1
System Overview source (local, site, remote). In addition to process indication,
An important component of electrical power distribution and command indications are also logged. Hence each command
transmission is process visualization and control. In the SICAM process is documented completely and in detail, from issue of
product family, this task is undertaken by SICAM SCC, an HMI the command by the operational crew and the command output
system that optimally fulfills the requirements of control and right up to feedback from the process after the status change of
monitoring of the plants – independent of the utilized Siemens the controlled switching device.
substation technology. SICAM SCC can be used with the power Process Visualization Right up to Topological Coloring
automation system SICAM PAS and also with the products AK 3,
IndustrialX controls are used for control and monitoring of the
TM, and A8000 series of the SICAM RTU family. SICAM SCC can
switching devices in the fully graphic process diagrams (single-
communicate directly with bay and protection devices that
line diagrams). These switchgear device objects support
support the communications standard IECc016061850, and can
4 different representation forms (IEC, DIN, SINAUT LSA, SICAM)
be used for this as a cross-device HMI system.
for circuit breakers and disconnectors. Furthermore, the possi-
Common HMI for SICAM and SIMATIC bility exists to project-specifically create defined bitmaps to
As a base system SICAM SCC uses SIMATIC WinCC, one of the represent the switchgear devices and to link them with the
world’s leading process visualization systems and supplements objects. in addition to target and spontaneous flashing, the
this with the necessary functions for utilization as station opera- representation of diverse device and communication states (for
tion of the electrical process in high and medium-voltage example, up to date/not up to date, bay and telecontrol
systems. The SIMATIC WinCC compatibility allows the use of blocking) is also supported for meaningful visualization. Meas-
SICAM SCC as an add-on together with SIMATIC WinCC on one ured values and switchgear device states that can no longer be
computer. This results in the possibility of integrated system updated due to a device or communication failure or applied bay
solution for the visualization and control of the industrial blocking can be updated from the operator console via
production process with SIMATIC automation devices (for SICAM SCC. The switchgear devices can be controlled directly or
example S7) and the electrical energy process (for example, with ”Select before operate”. The option of topological colora-
with SICAM PAS). tion exists for representation of the process with single-line
digrams.
Functions for Use with SICAM and IEC 61850
SICAM SCC is customized for use in the energy sector and
supports the operational crew in optimizing system manage-
ment. It allows rapid entry and clear, uncluttered representation
of the operating statuses of the system. The specific properties
of the high-voltage and medium-voltage switching devices in
the control and monitoring direction (double commands and
indications) are optimally implemented in the alarm lists and the
graphical representation of the process.

3.1
[dw_flexible station unit, 1, en_US]
Figure 3.1/2 Process Visualization with SICAM SCC
Substation Automation Technology Functions in common

with SICAM PAS
Additional functions are supported when using with SICAM PAS:
If, for example, maintenance work or tests must be carried out
for the process area of a bay unit, and if any status changes are
not to be taken into consideration in the substation automation
technology processing of the SICAM PAS and not logged in HMI,
this can be easily activated via the bay blocking function. If the
status changes are to continue being processed within the
substation but the information transmission to superordinated
control centers is to be suppressed, this can be attained by
means of the telecontrol blocking function.
[sc_process_visualization SCC, 1, --_--]
Normally, substations are controlled by the superordinated
Figure 3.1/3 Process Visualization with SICAM SCC
control centers, while switching commands are to be rejected by
the station’s internal HMI; the switching authority is assigned to
SIMATIC WinCC
the superordinated control center. The switching authority can
be obtained if control must be effected from the HMI for opera- SICAM SCC works on the SIMATIC WinCC Platform
tional reasons. If the substation is connected to several control The WinCC basic software is the core component of a modular
centers, the switching authority can also be assigned channel- system via which you can compile a flexible, customized SCADA
specifically. Furthermore, different switching authorities can be solution via options and add-ons. The basic software alone
used for different voltage levels. already represents a powerful, universally applicable process
Reduced Engineering Expenditure visualization system that has all the features of sophisticated
HMI software.
The data exchange with the connected substation often
comprises several thousand indications, measured values and Runtime Software
commands. The project engineering of this information is All HMI functions on board, this is how the runtime component
considerably simplified in SICAM SCC via wizards. The required of the basic software presents itself. Starting with user manage-
description of process data is made available electronically by ment that satisfies all requirements of Good Manufacturing
the configuration tools (SICAM PAS UI configuration, Practice (GMP), via a user interface with a multitude of configu-
SICAM TOOLBOX II) of the substation automation technology rable controls and functions right up to the powerful signaling
and is easily imported by SCC wizards. Redundant data input is and archiving system on the basis of the integrated MS SQL
avoided. SCD files can be imported for directly connected Server. Reporting and logging system as well as integrated
IEC 61850 devices.

systems control functions as well as integrated systems control

function round off the list.
Configuring Software
The engineering component WinCC CS has a range of editors [sc_SIMATIC Logon, 1, --_--]
that leave nothing to be desired with respect to their efficiency
and user-friendliness. Libraries and wizards simplify and accel- Figure 3.1/4 SIMATIC Logon Service in WinCC Basic System from
Version 7.0
erate the creation of projects and considerably reduce the occur-
rence of defects. As software for the most complex HMI tasks,
User interface
WinCC is also suitable for handling larger projects and bulk data.
With the WinCC standards, individually configured user inter-
Scalability
faces can be created for any application purpose. They make use
The basic system is scalable in all respects via WinCC options. of a comprehensive selection of configurable standard objects.
Even the basic system is scalable with respect to the quantity With online language change, projects that are created in
structure via a graduated licensing model, in doing so the multiple languages can be switched over online during runtime
selected quantity of process tags can be subsequently increased at any time. Windows elements such as menus and toolbars can
at any time. WinCC/server offers the option of establishing be integrated into the user interface of the runtime application.
WinCC as a client-server application. WinCC/redundancy makes With a maximum resolution of 10,000 x 10,000 pixels for the
this solution a highly-available system. With WinCC/CAS, the individual process diagrams, a convenient zoom function gains
process value archiving system is extended into an independent, particular importance. The zoom factor can be increased or
high-performance archive server. WinCC/Web Navigator allows decreased smoothly with a scrolling mouse. The panning func-
operation and observation via the Web with almost identical tion allows the overlay of a navigation cross in a zoomed image.
functionality as a WinCC client, but with unbeatable flexibility. The representation of tiers and objects can be made dependent
Virtualization on the current zoom factor by means of decluttering. Hence it
is, for example, possible to only overlay details above a specific
In addition to WinCC client, WinCC server can be used under zoom factor. 3.1
VMware ESXi and engineering stations under VMware worksta-
tion or VMware Player. In this way, complex client/server struc- Message management system
tures and also stand-alone systems can be configured with SIMATIC WinCC not only records process indications and local
virtual environments. events, it also stores them in circular archives and then makes
Openness them available either filtered or sorted as required. Indications
can result by derivation from individual bits, as a result of an
SIMATIC WinCC has always stood for the greatest possible level indication telegram directly from the automation system or as a
of openness and integration capability because it consistently result of analog alarms in the case of limit violations. Individual
uses standard technologies and software tools. From the oper- acknowledgment processes and views, a freely definable indica-
ating systems and the utilized basic technologies right up to tion structure and also parameterizable archiving and logging of
communication mechanisms and the possibility of integrating indications are other features. In WinCC alarm control, the
scripts, WinCC focuses on standards in all fields and dispenses display can be individually adapted to the indications. Compre-
with proprietary solutions. hensive selection options, for example, via a user-specific filter
SIMATIC WinCC – Basic Functionality matrix, guarantees the best overview. It is also possible to
display indications that have already been stored. The repre-
Runtime components of the WinCC basic software
sented indications can be exported or printed out as reports at
• Integrated user management the press of a button. System-specific functions can be realized
• User interface via freely configurable toolbar functions.
• Message management system A search function is offered in the alarm editor from WinCC V7.0
SP 1. The filter options in the alarm system have been supple-
• Archiving system mented with process value blocks with “equals” and “contains” in
• Reporting and logging system the case of text values.
• Systems control functions (Basic Process Control)
Integrated user management
With WinCC user administrator, access rights of the users for
project engineering and runtime are assigned and controlled. At
any time, even during runtime, the administrator can create up
to 128 user groups each with up to 128 individual user settings [sc_WinCC_AlarmControl, 1, --_--]
and assign them access rights to WinCC functions. In total, up to
999 different authorizations are possible. From WinCC Version Figure 3.1/5 Report Display via WinCC Alarm Control
7.0, SIMATIC Logon is a component of the WinCC basic soft-
ware. User management with SIMATIC Logon integrates into the Integrated statistic functions allow the harmonic test of hit lists
security system and user management of Windows and hence (average and summarized report and acknowledgment times).
also covers extended safety requirements in accordance with
FDA. SIMATIC Logon supports system-wide user management
and protects from unauthorized manipulation of data.

Reporting and logging system

WinCC has an integrated log system, via which data from WinCC
or other applications can be brought to paper. In configurable
layouts, it prints data recorded in runtime relating to different
types of log, from reporting sequence and system report and
operation logs right up to user reports. The reports can also be
stored as a file and displayed via a preview on the screen. WinCC
[sc_WinCC_HitList, 1, --_--]
logs can also contain data from the database and third party
Figure 3.1/6 Report Display with Report Hit List data in CSV format as a table or curve.
You can find further information in the current manual.
Hiding indications can also take place automatically (alarm
hiding). Depending on the current station status (for example,
operation, cleaning, maintenance), less relevant indications can
be hidden from display.
Archiving system
Historic values or value progressions are stored in process value
archives. In addition to process values, WinCC also archives indi-
cations and user data. The archiving takes place in circular
archives in the integrated MS SQL server database with high
performance, that is., up to 10 000 measured values and
100 indications per second. The memory requirement is very
low due to effective, lossless compression. In the WinCC base
system, 512 archive variables can already be configured. In the
3.1 final extension, power packs allow extension to up to
120 000 variables. Central, optionally redundant long-term
archiving can be realized with a central archive server with the
OPTION WinCC/CentralArchiveServer.
In TrendControl (Figure 3.1/7) current values (online trends),
historic process values and setpoint curves can be represented
in the same curve display. It is also possible to display measured
values that have already been stored. Here, individual scaling of
the time line and the range of values is possible (for example,
percentile standardization). The time and value lines of the indi-
vidual curves can be moved online by movement of the mouse.
This function can be used for, for example, batch comparisons.
[sc_Online TrendControl, 1, --_--]
Figure 3.1/7 Online TrendControl
Integrated statistic functions allow the harmonic test of

minimum, maximum, average, standard deviation and integral
calculation at the press of a button. Logarithmic representation
of curve progressions is also possible. The process values
displayed by selection can be printed out as a report at the press
of a button or exported in a CSV file. In addition, system-specific
functions can be realized via the freely-definable toolbar func-
tions.

SICAM SCC – Selection and Ordering Data

Please take into account:
For SICAM SCC Version V8.0x, order numbers from 6MD5501-..…-8AA0 to 6MD5515-..…-8AA0 are delivered with SIMATIC WinCC V7.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Control and Monitoring, RunTime (RT) 6 M D 5 5 0 □ - 0 A P 0 0 - 8 A A 0
▲ ▲
Version 8.0x │ 8
│
128 data points 1
512 data points 2
2048 data points 3
8196 data points 4
65 536 data points 5
Control and monitoring, incl. analysis programs SICAM Valpro for measured and metered
values, runtime (RT) values
6 M D 5 5 0 □ - 0 B P 0 0 - 8 A A 0
▲
│
128 data points 1
512 data points 2
3.1
2048 data points 3
8196 data points 4
Version 8.0x
Control and monitoring, complete package runtime and configuration (RC) 6 M D 5 5 1 □ - 0 A P 0 0 - 8 A A 0
▲
│
128 data points 1
512 data points 2
2048 data points 3
8196 data points 4
Control and monitoring, incl. analysis program SICAM Valpro for measured and metered 6 M D 5 5 1 □ - 0 B P 0 0 - 8 A A 0
values complete package, runtime and configuration (RC)
▲
│
128 data points 1
512 data points 2
2048 data points 3
8196 data points 4
Operation and monitoring, Runtime(RT) Compact with limited functionality, incl. SIMATIC 6 M D 5 5 0 □ - 0 C P 0 0 - 8 A B 0
WinCC V7.3 restricted
▲
│
2048 data points 3
Table 3.1/1 SICAM SCC Selection and Ordering Data

SICAM SCC – Selection and Ordering Data

Please take into account:
If you require another SIMATIC WinCC version, please select one of the following ”Functional upgrade” order numbers with which the SIMATIC WinCC is
not contained in the scope of delivery, and order SIMATIC WinCC (with the suitable, compatible version) separately!
Functional upgrade of SIMATIC WinCC to SICAM SCC 6 M D 5 5 □ 0 - 0 □ P 0 0 - 8 B A 0

▲ ▲
│ │
Runtime 0 A
Runtime (incl. Valpro) 0 B
Runtime and configuration 1 A
Runtime and configuration (incl. Valpro) 1 B
Configuration data import
SCD import for direct communication with IEC 6 M D 5 5 0 0 - 0 E P 0 0 - 8 A A 0
61850
Import for communication with 6 M D 5 5 0 0 - 0 F P 0 0 - 8 A A 0
IEC 60870-5-104
SICAM Valpro SICAM Valpro for the evaluation of measured 6 M D 5 5 3 0 - 0 D P 0 0 - 8 A A 0
and metered values
SICAM SCC version upgrade from V5.x, V6.x, V7.x to V8.0x 6 M D 5 5 0 0 - 3 B P 0 □ - 8 B A 0
▲
│
3.1
Upgrade for SIMATIC WinCC is not included Version upgrade from V6.x, V7.x to V8.0x, 0
DVD, without licenses
Version upgrade from V5.x to V8.0x, DVD, 1
with upgrade licenses
Table 3.1/2 SICAM SCC Selection and Ordering Data

SICAM PQ Analyzer – Description
The protection of power distribution substations is a crucial task Grid Codes define the limiting values of power quality criteria,
in ensuring a reliable electricity supply. Customers expect that is, which limits may never be exceeded, or which limiting
maximum availability of electrical energy and current at a values may be exceeded how often/how long. Grid Codes can be
constantly high quality level. As a result, it becomes more and based on power quality standards such as the EN 50160.
more difficult in power system protection, for instance, to distin-
The PQ Index gives you a quick overview of the power quality of
guish between critical load currents and short circuits with very
your grid. Grid problems can be recognized at a glance.
low fault currents. The requirements for the optimum use of
protection devices and for their parameterization are steadily The SICAM PQ Analyzer is a tool for display of the data measured
increasing. An intensive evaluation of the existing secondary by a PQ device and for their evaluation against the power quality
equipment information with regard to fault recorders is there- criteria by SICAM PQS system.
fore indispensable to ensure that the high reliability and availa-
bility of electric transmission and distribution systems, which is
standard today will be maintained in the future.
Another point is that the increasing use of power electronics has
often a noticeable impact on voltage quality. The consequence
is an insufficient voltage quality leading to interruptions,
[dw_sicam_pq_analyzer, 1, en_US]
production downtimes, and high consequential costs. Compli-
ance with the generally applicable power system quality criteria Figure 3.2/1 SICAM PQ Analyzer
specified in the European standard EN 50160 is therefore a
must. The basis for this is the reliable detection and evaluation
of all quality parameters, so that weaknesses and potential Functions of SICAM PQS System
sources of errors can be detected and eliminated.
SICAM PQS system collects PQ data (such as measurements,
fault records) from the connected PQ devices, creates a compre-
What is Power Quality?
hensive power quality analysis based on these data, and saves
The purpose of power quality is to ensure a constant quality of the PQ data and the evaluations in a dedicated archive.
electrical energy as a product. It requires, as an integral compo-
3.2
nent of technical risk management, measuring devices and
applications are able to reliably measure, record and evaluate
the required data. Power quality is normally used in medium
voltage substations.
Only an optimum availability and quality of energy can safe-
guard industrial production and its control. Moreover, power
generation and distribution companies are as a rule contrac-
tually obliged to meet certain limits for values which are rele-
[dw_sicam_pq_analyzer_available-data, 1, en_US]
vant for power quality. The task of power quality is the moni-
toring of these limits, the evaluation of limit violations, the Figure 3.2/2 Available Data
initiation of suitable countermeasures, as well as the creation of
long-term analyses and trends. Functions of the SICAM PQ Analyzer
The European standards describing the voltage characteristics of The SICAM PQ Analyzer connects to the archive of the SICAM
electricity supplied by public distribution networks (EN 50160) PAS/PQS system and displays the data in the archive. Depending
and the testing and measurement techniques (IEC 61000-4-30) on the license, the SICAM PQ Analyzer provides a wide range of
provide the regulatory framework for this. tools for analyzing these data.
The variables to be monitored include: The SICAM PQ Analyzer can be installed on the same computer
as the SICAM PAS/PQS system, or on a separate computer in the
• Voltage dips and swell network.
• Harmonic currents
• Transients
• Voltage variations (flicker)
• Frequency changes
Basic Principles for the Evaluation of Power Quality
The power quality of an electric power grid is characterized by
2 main properties:
• Grid stability
Grid stability problems are recorded in the fault records of the
PQ devices.
• Voltage quality
The SICAM PQS system evaluates the voltage and current
quality by comparing the measured data with the Grid Codes.

SICAM PQ Analyzer – Functions
The archived PQ measured data and grid faults are evaluated in Various filter functions are available for selection of events in
the different views of the SICAM PQ Analyzer. the power network
• Incident Explorer • Selecting the time range in the archive
The Incident Explorer allows a time-related analysis and • Filtering for events
provides a topological or configuration view of:
• Commenting events
– Fault records
– Slow-scan records
– Fault location reports
– PQ Violation reports (is generated as soon as a PQ violation
against Grid Code happens)
– PDR records (Post Disturbance Review
– SIPROTEC fault records (high-resolution fault record gener-
ated from a 7KE85 device)
– SIPROTEC slow-scan records (slow-scan records generated
from a 7KE85 device)
Furthermore, you can export individual fault records. You can
reduce the amount of data and select a COMTRADE export
format.
• PQ Explorer
The PQ Explorer gives access to all PQ data stored in the
archive. [sc_PQ IncidentEx, 1, en_US]
It provides a topological view of the measuring points of your Figure 3.2/3 Incident Explorer
station.
The measured and calculated PQ data are evaluated by means PQ Inspector
3.2
of PQ diagrams.
Furthermore, you can create reports of the analysis and The PQ Inspector provides the operator with a quick overview of
preview the reports. the plant's power quality based on the PQ index. The archived
data is analyzed via any selectable time ranges. Causes of devia-
• PQ Inspector tions in the measured values for the grid codes can thus be
The PQ Inspector shows the grid condition over a selectable detected immediately.
time range based on the calculated PQ Index.
PQ Inspector is divided into 3 steps:
It selectively provides a status overview of measured value
groups which can be arbitrarily combined, as well as user • In Select time range, define the observation period and iden-
guidance for the creation of PQ reports. tify possible influencing factors for deviations of the power
quality.
• Report Browser
The Report Browser gives an overview of the scheduled
• In Select diagrams, select the properties of a specific meas-
uring point, and define the diagrams in which you want to
reports, which are generated automatically at defined inter-
show these data items.
vals (daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly).
• Grid Code Viewer • In Complete report, complete your report.
Use the Select time range step to view the state of the power
The Grid Code Viewer displays the Grid Codes defined in
quality of the system at a glance. You can set up individual
SICAM PQS. The Grid Codes contain standardized or customer-
measuring point groups and feature groups so that you can
specific limiting values for evaluating the grid quality. The
observe critical areas in a targeted manner.
PQ Index is determined on the basis of a comparison between
the measured values and the limiting values of a Grid Code. The step Select diagram allows the compilation of evaluation
diagrams with specific features for a report. The diagrams are
Fields of application represented in a synchronized manner. Hence you can rapidly
identify connections in the event of fluctuations in power
Incident Explorer quality.
The topological structure of the archive data corresponds to the The step Prepare report allows reports to be prepared and
structure that was defined when the SICAM PAS/PQS station was commented upon.
configured.
PQ Explorer
The Incident Explorer serves for the following tasks:
PQ Explorer allows access to all PQ data stored in the archive. It
• Reading the events (confirm) offers a topological view of the measuring points in your plant.
• Calling up the analysis programs Measured and calculated PQ data is evaluated via PQ diagrams.
Furthermore, you can generate analysis reports and display
• Deleting the events from the archive summary these in a preview.
• Manual fault location

SICAM PQ Analyzer – Functions
Report Browser – SICAM PQ Analyzer clients

The Report Browser provides an overview of the scheduled • System with
reports that are created automatically at specified time intervals – SICAM PAS/PQS
(daily, weekly, monthly and yearly). You can view the reports – Archive servers with (collector) archive
with a viewer, print them and store them for future use.
– SICAM PQ Analyzer clients
The number of components which can be used in a system
depends on the individual license.
(Source) archive
SICAM PAS/PQS collects the PQ measured data and fault records
from the connected devices and stores them in its local (source)
archive. This archive data can be directly evaluated by one or
more SICAM PQ Analyzer(s).
(Collector) archive
[sc_pqa_ReportBrowser, 2, en_US]
In distributed systems with one or several SICAM PAS/PQS, the
Figure 3.2/4 Report Browser data of the (source) archives is collected by the SICAM PQ
Analyzer collector and stored in a central (Collector) archive on
In Report Browser, the reports are shown for the selected time an archive computer. This archive data is evaluated by one or
range – separated into yearly reports, monthly reports, weekly more SICAM PQ Analyzer(s).
reports and daily reports. If you select the year time grid you
cannot open daily reports. However, you can view the status
and the time lapses for which infringement reports are avail-
able. Scheduled reports are automatically generated by the
SICAM PQS system using the set up report templates. If you set
up report templates, among other things define the intervals in
which the reports are created, and the PQ devices for which the 3.2
reports are created. The colors of the reports show their status.
Grid Code Viewer
The Grid Code Viewer displays the grid codes defined in SICAM
PQS. The grid codes include normalized or customer-specifically
defined limiting values for evaluating the power quality. The
PQ Index is determined from a comparison of the measured
values with the limiting values of a grid code.
The Grid Code Viewer provides the overview required for a
supporting analysis:
• Which grid codes are available?
• To which elements in the topology have the grid codes been
assigned?
• What features do the grid codes contain?
• What limits have been defined?
SICAM PQ Collector
The SICAM PQ Collector collects the archive data of the indi-
vidual (source) archives in a central (collector) archive.
Depending on the system configuration, the SICAM PQ Analyzer
accesses the data of the (source) archives or (collector) archives
for its archive evaluation.
In redundant archive systems, two SICAM PQ Collectors are
connected. In the event of an interruption of the connection to
(source) archives or after the failure of a SICAM PQ Collectors,
this permits the archives to be matched, thus reaching an iden-
tical and complete contents of both (Collector) archives.
Architecture
• SICAM PAS/PQS with (source) archive and SICAM PQ Analyzer
• System with
– SICAM PAS/PQS with (source) archive

SICAM PQ Analyzer – Software and Hardware Requirements
One of the following operating systems is required:

• Windows Embedded 7 (SICAM Station Unit V2.40, 32-bit)
• Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard (64-bit)
• Windows 8.1 Professional (64-bit)
• Windows 10 Professional (64-bit)
Computer equipped with:
• Processor:
– Minimum: Intel Core 2 Duo 1.6 GHz
– Recommended: Quad Core CPU 3 GHz
• Primary storage capacity:
– Minimum: 2 GB
– Recommended: 4 GB
• Hard disk capacity:
– Minimum: 4 GB
– (Collector) archive: > 100 GB
• Graphics card:
– Minimum: 1600 x 1200
– Recommended: 1920 x 1080
• Monitor suitable for graphics card
• DVD drive
• Keyboard
3.2
• Mouse
• Network interface
• USB port
SICAM PQ Analyzer is released for computers with multi-core
processors. Computers with multi-processor main boards are
supported when working in single-processor mode.

SICAM PQ Analyzer – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Incident Explorer for fault record processing 6 M D 5 5 3 0 - 0 A A 1 0 - 3 □ □ 0

▲ ▲ ▲
Version 3.0x 3 │ │
Use on the SICAM PAS/PQS Full Server A A
Up to 5 clients, archive transfer of 1 Server/Full B A
Server
Up to 5 clients, archive transfer of up to B B
5 Servers/Full Servers
Up to 5 clients, archive transfer of more than B C
More than 5 clients, archive transfer of C A
1 Server/Full Server
More than 5 clients, archive transfer of up to C B
More than 5 clients, archive transfer of more C C
than 5 Servers/Full Servers
Notes:
• 2 redundant PAS/PQS Full Servers are counted as 1 server

• In addition to fault records, SIMEAS R and SIPROTEC 7KE85 deliver continuous average value reports that are managed in PQ Explorer.
=> The use of PQ Basic is recommended as a minimum for a complete evaluation of SIMEAS R and SIPROTEC 7KE85 data.
PQ Basic 7 K E 9 2 0 0 - 0 B A 1 0 - 3 □ □ 0
Including Incident Explorer for fault-record analysis and PQ Explorer ▲ ▲
3.2
Recommended SICAM PAS/PQS option: Automatic grid code evaluation <->
7KE9000-0BA67-8AA0
Up to 5 clients, archive transfer of 1 Server/ B A
Full Server
5áServers/Full Servers
PQ Standard 7 K E 2 0 0 - 0 C A 1 0 - 3 □ □ 0
Including PQ Basic and extended PQ Explorer and Report Browser ▲ ▲
Recommended SICAM PAS/PQS options: Automatic grid code evaluation <->
7KE9000-0BA67-8AA / scheduled PQ reports <-> 7KE9000-0BA68-8AA0
Full Server
Table 3.2/1 SICAM PQ Analyzer Selection and Ordering Data

SICAM PQ Analyzer – Selection and Ordering Data

Continued from previous page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PQ Professional 7 K E 2 0 0 - 0 D A 1 0 - 3 □ □ 0
Including PQ Standard and PQ Inspector ▲ ▲
Recommended SICAM PAS/PQS options: Automatic grid code evaluation <->
7KE9000-0BA67-8AA0/scheduled PQ reports <-> 7KE9000-0BA68-8AA0
Full Server
Functional upgrades
Power Quality functions 7 K E 9 2 0 0 - 4 □ □ 0 0 - 3 A A 0
From Incident Explorer to PQ Basic B A
From PQ Basic to PQ Standard C B
From PQ Basic to PQ Professional D B
3.2 From PQ Standard to PQ Professional D C
Number of clients 6 M D 5 5 3 0 - 4 A A 0 0 - 3 □ A 0
Up to 5 clients B
From ”up to 5 clients” to ”more than 5 clients” C
Number of Full Servers 6 M D 5 5 3 0 - 4 A A 0 0 - 3 A □ 0
Up to 5 Full Servers B
From ”up to 5 Full Servers” to ”more than C
5 Full Servers”
Version upgrade
Upgrade from SICAM Recpro V5.x to SICAM PQ 6 M D 5 5 3 0 - 3 A A 0 0 - 3 A A 0
Analyzer (Incident Explorer)
Version upgrade SICAM PQ Analyzer 6 M D 5 5 3 0 - 3 A A 0 1 - 3 A A 0
Table 3.2/2 SICAM PQ Analyzer Selection and Ordering Data
SICAM PQ Analyzer can be extended with SIGRA for

extended fault-record analysis (separate order)

SICAM DISTO – Description
example, protection tripping). This data can be represented

Description graphically on the screen and analyzed with the help of SIGRA or
other software packages.
The generation of fault records is an important function of
digital protection devices. Fault records support the precise anal- For access to station communication, DISTO requires an
ysis of critical events in the power system. For this task, it has installed SICAM SCC and its integrated communication drivers.
proven its worth for fault records to be retrieved via the station Remote access to the stored files can take place with the
communication of the protection devices and for these to be standard tools of the operating system.
stored on a hard disk the at station level. Serial communication SICAM DISTO is available for the following system platforms:
to digital protection devices was originally standardized in
IEC 60870-5-103. Currently, the new standard for communica-
Windows Server 2003
Windows Server 2008
Windows Server 2012

tion in power generation and power distribution plants
(IEC 61850) has considerably extended and modernized the
Windows XP
Windows 7
Windows 8
options for data exchange with instrumentation and control SICAM DISTO/
devices. OS
SICAM DISTO (disturbance data storage) is a software package

that detects new fault records in the connected devices, lists
these and stores them in preconfigured directories on the hard Bit 32 32/64 32/64 32/64 32/64 32/64
disk of a PC. In order to support easy evaluation with different V 3.00 ■ ■ ■
software tools, DISTO uses the standardized COMTRADE format V 3.02 ■ ■ ■ ■
91 and 99 in accordance with IEC 60255-24 for the files of the V 3.03 ■ ■ ■ ■
fault records. Files that have to be transmitted via
IEC 60870-5-103 have to be converted by DISTO into Table 3.3/1 Overview of Basic System – Windows
COMTRADE. With IEC 61850 the files arrive in the right format.
Some protection devices transmit the COMTRADE files
Platform-dependent differences only exist with the system
compressed in zip files via IEC 61850. SICAM DISTO detects such
requirements. In part, there are also visual differences between
files and unpacks them into the correct directories. Fundamen-
the different platforms; there are no functional differences. The
tally, with IEC 61850 SICAM DISTO expects the fault record
host system is used as an interface to the automation system,
transmissions via MMS. The function variant FTP is not
that is, all those interfaces that the respective host system offers 3.3
supported.
to the automation system can also be used to transfer fault
When using IEC 60870-5-103, DISTO additionally creates an record data.
event list with all protection-relevant information such as fault
Dependent on the utilized platform, there are various require-
record number and fault location, both with absolute and rela-
ments that have to be fulfilled in order to commence with the
tive real time (within one fault). The stored files contain the
installation of SICAM DISTO.
temporal behavior of currents and voltages before, during and
after a system incident, supplemented with digital events (for

SICAM DISTO – Description
3.3
[dw_sicam-disto-application, 1, en_US]
Figure 3.3/1 SICAM DISTO, Example Configuration

SICAM DISTO VZ2-014-- 6 M F 1 8 2 7 – 0 C A 1 4 – 0 A A 1
SICAM DISTO UPDATE VZ2-026-- 6 M F 1 8 2 7 – 0 C A 2 6 – 0 A A 1
Table 3.3/2 SICAM DISTO Selection and Ordering Data

SICAM Diamond – Description
Description
SICAM Diamond is a visualization and diagnosis system that can
be used both for Siemens telecontrol and substation automation
technology. It is designed for switchgear that requires a cost-
effective, easily operated and easily parameterizable Human-
Machine Interface (HMI). The switchgear can be monitored from
any location and without special software installation by the use
of modern web technology.
The web-based visualization and diagnostics system uses a
modern client-server architecture. The clients are platform-inde-
pendent and merely require a Web browser, which guarantees
cost and resource-optimized access to the switchgear. In this
way, existing intranet and Internet infrastructures can be used
for data exchange. Here, the Diamond server is the data source
and contains an administrator tool that controls data manage-
ment and access rights.
[sc_SICAM Diamond_ereignisliste, 1, --_--]
Benefits Figure 3.4/1 Event List
• Secure implementation of switching operations due to Basic functions

comprehensive station overview.
SICAM Diamond provides the following operating and moni-
• Cost and resource-optimized access to the switchgear via toring basic functions for SICAM PAS/PQS systems:
web-based clients.
• Operating reliability due to uniform, intuitively controllable • System and process monitoring (for example, via the event
user interface. list or alarm list)
• Easy parameterization due to the transfer of automatically- • Process control (for example, via single-line diagram)
generated import files. • Diagnosis (such as displaying the process, status and control
images)
• Secure in-depth diagnosis from each client possible.
• Uncomplicated administration of access rights in the adminis- • Requesting, displaying and saving fault records
trator tool. SICAM Diamond functions can be accessed via the Microsoft 3.4
Internet Explorer.
• Easy adaptability and adaptation in he case of extension/
amendment of the plant.
Application Example
Functions
In addition to the diagnostic function, SICAM Diamond offers a
range of further functions for operating and monitoring the
process:
• The process and system status reports and the switching oper-
ations are logged to the millisecond in an event list (Figure
3.4/1)
• Selected single-point indications can be kept in an acknowl-
edgeable alarm list
• Archiving: The contents of the event list as well as measured
and metered values – collected in groups – can be archived
over a time lapse of 12 months in month-specific files. The
archive files can be downloaded via the Intranet/Internet and,
for example, subjected to further evaluation via Microsoft
Excel [dw_sicam-diamond_with_sicam-pas-konfig, 1, en_US]
• SICAM PAS/PQS and/or SICAM PQ Analyzer store the fault Figure 3.4/2 SICAM Diamond with Substation Automation Technology
SICAM PAS/PQS
records that are automatically transferred from protection
devices, fault recorders and PQ units in a PQ archive, which
can be accessed via the Intranet/Internet using SICAM Parameterization
Diamond for visualization, evaluation and downloading. Unlike conventional Human-Machine Interface (HMI) systems,
• Graphical system diagrams can be created for system SICAM Diamond can also be parameterized quickly and without
management with an optional Single-Line Editor. an extensive training period by less-experienced users.
The basic parameterization for SICAM Diamond produces an
import file that can be automatically generated after parameteri-
zation of a SICAM PAS. All relevant process tags are thus avail-

SICAM Diamond – Description
able for the event list, the alarm list and in the system diagram. Diagnostics Tool
This reduces the parameterization effort with SICAM Diamond to
With the Diagnostics tool of SICAM Diamond (Figure 3.4/5), the
creating the system diagrams and selecting the messages for
most important components and functions of the substation
the event/alarm list and the measured values for measured
automation technology can be monitored. Here, the system
value archiving.
supplies detailed information about process tags, PCB assem-
If you need only the web-based access to PAS/PQS archive data, blies in use and communication connections. Switching
only few basic settings with the Admin tool are required in addi- commands can also be taken from the list view without the
tion to the SICAM Diamond server installation. optional Single-line representation, which is particularly helpful
during commissioning and parameterization.
Administrator Tool
The access rights to the switchgear are managed in the adminis-
trator tool (Figure 3.4/3) of SICAM Diamond. Here, different
users can be assigned appropriate authorizations. In addition,
the administrator tool also serves to link and configure the
energy distribution systems that are to be visualized. The status
information quickly gives the operator an overview of the
system status.
[sc_diagnose_SICAM_PAS, 1, --_--]
Figure 3.4/5 Diagnostics SICAM PAS
3.4
[sc_admin_tool, 1, --_--]
Figure 3.4/3 Administrator Tool
Single-Line Editor
This tool allows system circuit diagrams to be created quickly
and easily from prefabricated icons and typicals. The elements
are integrated into the system diagram via drag and drop.
Different colors can be selected to visualize the switching
statuses ON, OFF, ERROR and to display the system status of the
connections see also Figure 3.4/4
[sc_SICAM Diamond_anlagenbild, 1, --_--]
Figure 3.4/4 Single-Line Editor

SICAM Diamond – Selection and Ordering Data

Complete packages For PQ archives 6MD5520-0AA00-4AA0
For PQ archives & SICAM PAS/PQS (diagnosis, event list) 6MD5520-0AA10-4AA0
For PQ archives & SICAM PAS/PQS (diagnosis, event list), including graphical 6MD5520-0AA30-4AA0
operating and monitoring (single line)
Functional upgrades License for SICAM PAS/PQS (diagnosis, event list) 6MD5520-0AB10-4AA0
License for graphical control & monitoring (single line) 6MD5520-0AB20-4AA0
Version upgrade To V4.01 6MD5520-3AA00-4AA0
Ordering notes:
• Prerequisite for functional upgrades is the basic package 6MD5520-0AA00-4AA0

• Using Hotfix 3 for V4.01 (available in Intranet) is the prerequisite for using SICAM PAS/PQS ≥ V8.07 and/or SICAM PQ Analyzer ≥ V3.07
Table 3.4/1 SICAM Diamond Selection and Ordering Data
3.4

SICAM Diamond – Selection and Ordering Data
3.4

Software for Substation Automation

SICAM PAS UI – Description
Description
SICAMPAS/PQS has been designed as a modular system with
open communication interfaces. It thus meets the requirements
of state-of-the-art substation control and protection systems and
of the power management systems required for industrial
manufacturing plants. Functions for power quality evaluation
complement its versatile fields of application.
The system component SICAM PAS UI – Configuration is
responsible for:
• Configuration and parameterization of your plant
• Exchange of configuration data
The clearly structured configuration interface provides you with
a comprehensive overview of your plant's parameters.
Individual user interface elements can be displayed in a user-
specific manner or hidden. For example, table columns which [sc_SICAMPAS_Configuration, 2, en_US]
are permanently required can be fixed in position in the indi- Figure 4.1/1 Configuration of SICAM PAS
vidual view; columns which are not needed can simply be
hidden. The settings are also maintained after a restart of the • Topology
program.
• Templates
Import and export functions enable the exchange of data. In this
way, expenditure and the tendency to commit errors during In the views Reports and Grid codes, you can set the
system configuration and parameterization can be reduced. parameters of specific power quality functions. You can find
Due to the use of conversion routines, project data of a SINAUT further information in the manuals SICAM PQS, an
LSA plant or with older versions of SICAM PAS UI – configura- introduction and SICAM PQ Analyzer.
tion-generated data can continue to be used.
SICAM PAS/PQS UI – Operation
Predefined device templates, sorting and filter options, copy
functions and the processing of parameters in Microsoft Excel With SICAMPAS/PQSUI – Operation, you can activate and deacti-
increase transparency and flexibility and hence make parameter- vate individual components, set a bay blocking or telecontrol
ization more user friendly. blocking and also update device information. In redundant
systems, you can see which component is active. The compo-
Plant-specific automation functions are configured via a graph- nents can be switched over with SICAM PAS/PQS UI – Operation,
ical interface. You can use both standard logic functions and such as the interface for the communication to devices or
4.1 automation blocks specifically developed for the implementa- network control centers.
tion of your power automation tasks.
Your parameter entries are immediately checked for plausibility. SICAM PAS/PQS UI – Operation Client
Tooltips provide information on permissible values and the With SICAM PAS/PQS UI – Operation Client you can start and
range of values of a parameter. Explanations on the selected stop all redundant connections independently of each other.
parameter are provided in an information field. SICAM PAS/PQS UI – Operation Client provides the functions of
The cause of a setting error is displayed in the error field. SICAM PAS/PQS UI – Operation from a local or remote computer
with improved performance via an internet browser.
In addition, you are supported by a context-sensitive online
help. There are hints for possible causes for defect for the diagnosis of
pending malfunctions.
The configured and parameterized data does not have to be
explicitly generated for the runtime environment. Value Viewer
You can create documentation for your project via the station With intact communication connections, the Value Viewer
documentation function. To do this, you can choose between shows the information of the selected device or the selected
different selection criteria, for example, selection according to substation. This information view can be used, for example,
individual views (for example, configuration, routing, topology) during commissioning to test data connections and to check
or routed values only. Specific areas of a selected view can be whether an interface or a device transfers correct values. A
printed out, for example, the routing of individual devices or of detailed time stamp shows the reliability of the values. For test
a control-center connection. purposes, you can initiate password-protected command
The project statistics give you an overview of the scope and use outputs or update information.
of the parameterized information. You can find further information in the SICAM PAS/PQS manual.
SICAM PAS UI configuration structures the parameters in the
following views: Selection and Ordering Data
• Configuration You can find the selection and ordering data for SICAM PAS UI in
the chapter SICAM PAS/Selection and Ordering Data, Page 20.
• Routing
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Description
Description
During the entire life cycle of a plant, the SICAM TOOLBOX II
supports all phases of plant engineering such as configuration,
project engineering, diagnostics, testing, documentation and
maintenance. Nowadays, keywords such as integration,
networkability, consistent data maintenance and non-redundant
data input are an absolute must-have requirement for engi-
neering systems. SICAM TOOLBOX II fulfills all of these named
requirements and makes use of the latest technological
methods that simplify plant engineering. This allows highly-
effective working throughout the whole engineering process.
SICAM TOOLBOX II offers all functions for integrated and consis-
tent engineering of the entire plant, such as:
• data collection, data modeling, configuring and parameteriza-
tion,
• engineering of process information for automation and main- [ph_SICAM TOOLBOX II, 1, --_--]
tenance control systems,
Figure 4.2/1 SICAM TOOLBOX II
• administration of systems from third party manufacturers and
their individual parameters.
• Automatic creation of attributes with equations
SICAM TOOLBOX II is an ideal tool for plants of any size.
• Automatic creation of text addresses
Benefits • Generation of the database
Integrated system • Context-sensitive connection of the OPM II from the system
image of the maintenance control system
• A tool for all systems Functions for PLC applications
• Consistent engineering
• Fully-graphic user interface
• Scalable
• Object oriented
• Easy and transparent engineering
Object orientation
• Compliance with standards in accordance with IEC 61131-3
• Simple offline/online test
• Easy and transparent engineering Functions for third-party systems
• More engineering quality
• Open interface
• More efficiency in engineering
• Storing and removal of engineering data
• Less cost in engineering
Consistent data maintenance
• Simple transfer of existing data 4.2
• Any attributes definable in the customer project itself

• Central database
• Less input effort System overview
• No double entries Nowadays, engineering has become an important cost factor,
not only in the creation of new plants but also in the mainte-
• Fewer input errors nance of existing plants and the administration of relevant data
Engineering of process technology resources. With the integrated engineering system
• Reduction of initial creation effort SICAM TOOLBOX II, we offer a comprehensive and cost-saving
solution for these tasks.
• Rational, efficient engineering
Object orientation: work more rapidly and safely
Functions for SICAM automation systems
With the introduction of object orientation, the designer can
• Easy system test – online and offline describe actual units and equipment in the project planning
• Plaintext diagnostics process and can employ them in the engineering process as
• Remote servicing defined objects. These can be, for example, individual compo-
nents such as pumps or circuit breakers, but also larger units
• Logging and simulation of telegrams such as feeders. Above all, if a plant is composed of a multitude
• Functions local and remote of identical primary assemblies and equipment (e.g. voltage
Functions for maintenance control systems transformation substations or hydropower plants, and pipe-
lines), object orientation offers considerable cost-reduction
• Engineering of process tags potential.
• Redundancy-free data input (for example, transfer of In parallel to this, the error quota drops because the structure of
SICAM RTU telegram addresses)
the equipment is moved into the background due to the crea-

tion of process-technology objects with SICAM TOOLBOX II. individual workstation right up to complex network solutions,
Hence the project engineer no longer has to deal with a large where several project engineers work in parallel on several proj-
number of individual signals. Instead they can concentrate on ects. The function of distributed working even allows several
their actual task: engineering of the plant. In order to make project engineers to work simultaneously on a project, even if
optimum use of this advantage, the objects can be completely the individual SICAM TOOLBOX II PCs are not connected via a
freely defined without constraint with respect to sector-specific network. The distributed data resources are easily and conven-
applications. iently merged at a later point.
With respect to networkability and a collaborative working
method, SICAM TOOLBOX II allows all possibilities – from the
4.2
[dw_sicam-toolbox-2-konfig, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.2/2 SICAM TOOLBOX II – Example Configuration
Engineering on the Web The core element of data management in SICAM TOOLBOX II is a
central database that is accessed by all tools of
The diverse functions of SICAM TOOLBOX II can also be used
SICAM TOOLBOX II and in which all information is stored. Infor-
without constraint on the Internet or Intranet – with the same
mation that has been entered is available to all employees on a
convenient user interface as with the local installation. The Web
project and all tools immediately, and at the latest revision
functions integrated into SICAM TOOLBOX II allow operation in
status. This reduces the error quota, avoids double entries and
Internet Explorer without further training. To do this,
thus reduces engineering effort.
SICAM TOOLBOX II does not even have to be installed locally on
the operator’s PC – all functions run on the corresponding
Windows terminal server.

[sc_SICAM TOOLBOXII_Systemconfiguration, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.2/3 SICAM TOOLBOX II – Possible System Configurations
PLC Applications implemented via the communication routes of the automation

system (that is, without their own power line). In this way, the
The linkage, control and regulation applications are created in
plant can be very easily tested and put into operation. The inte-
SICAM TOOLBOX II with CAEx plus. This powerful tool convinces
grated diagnostic options of SICAM TOOLBOX II allow any errors
with its fully graphic user interface and intuitive operation,
to be quickly and reliably located and rectified, hence consider-
which is responsible for short familiarization times and mini-
ably increasing availability of the overall system. In the event of
mized training outlay. CAEx plus is completely integrated in 4.2
an error, the detailed diagnosis displays comprehensive fault
SICAM TOOLBOX II and allows user programs to be efficiently
information in plaintext and provides information about
and easily generated in accordance with the standard
possible causes and their rectification. Remote maintenance
IEC 61131-3. With standardized application programs, the use of
allows access to automation systems from any location e.g. via
typical function block diagrams allows rapid and error-free
telephone, modem, ISDN, TCP/IP and is thus the basis for corre-
programming. The concise and clearly-arranged operating struc-
sponding service activities. For data simulation, any number of
ture supports rapid and efficient working, which is reinforced
telegrams can be defined with menu guidance and hence simu-
further by a multitude of functions that are easy to operate.
lated in the automation system. Logging points can be selected
Examples of this include the project explorer, the intuitive func-
with graphic support in order to follow the data flow. With asso-
tion block diagram editor, the navigator and the documentation
ciated telegram filters, only those telegrams are displayed that
management. The comprehensive online help provides support
are relevant for the respective test.
at all times in the event of uncertainties. CAEx plus also includes
comprehensive and easily operated testing options. The offline For maintenance control systems
test serves – independently from the automation system – for
The process data points in the maintenance control systems and
testing the user program under Windows, almost in real time. In
local HMIs (such as SICAM SCC) and their attributes can be speci-
the online test, the program can then be checked with the
fied and parameterized with SICAM TOOLBOX II. Attributes are
automation system.
transferred from the SICAM RTU automation system in a non-
redundant manner via the use of SICAM TOOLBOX II references.
Functions This means that the project engineer does not have to, for
For SICAM automation systems example, enter the telegram address for the maintenance
control system. The use of SICAM TOOLBOX II equations
In a SICAM RTU automation network, SICAM TOOLBOX II allows
provides the option of automatically calculating attributes of the
project engineering, loading, system diagnostics, system testing
maintenance control system, hence accelerating engineering
and documentation of the automation and telecontrol functions
and minimizing errors. Furthermore, the text address is auto-
for local and remote automation units: All functions can be
matically created.

For third-party systems Solidification:

The open interface to any third-party system is an important If solidification software is installed in the operating system, to
feature of SICAM TOOLBOX II. Using this interface, data can be operate SICAM TOOLBOX II you must configure the exceptions
removed or third-party data transferred. Removed data can be defined in the ADMIN SECURITY BHB (DC0-114-2.xx).
converted with any program for automatic post-parameteriza-
ORACLE DB:
tion. The storing of third-party data can also be batch controlled,
that is, without actual operation of SICAM TOOLBOX II. In addi- Changeover of SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0 to ORACLE 12 c,
tion to the storing of individual attributes, signals or any higher- including security patches. Display of the version and the patch
value objects can be created (for example, a feeder, a pump, a levels in the dialog versions of the installed toolkits (default
circuit breaker). In this way, even old data can very easily be setting TOOLBOX, menu system, TOOLBOX info, toolkits, etc.).
inherited by the SICAM TOOLBOX II. Furthermore, the option 2048-bit encryption:
exists to define and administer parameters of third-party
SICAM TOOLBOX II in remote operation uses X.509 client certifi-
systems or even general parameters. The attributes can be
cates with RSA 2048-bit key length and SHA256 signature
defined by the project engineer in the customer project itself.
(previously RSA 1204-bit encryption, SHA1 signature). Hence
Examples of this are parameters from third-party manufacturers.
communication with SICAM RTU devices that use X.509 server
With these self-defined parameters, collaborative engineering is
certificates RSA 1024/SHA1 is possible, as well as devices that
also possible in addition to all SICAM TOOLBOX II standard
use X.509 server certificates RSA 2048/SHA256.
processing activities such as mass processing, references and
equations. IEC 61580 Edition 2
Support of IEC 61580 Edition 2 server for SICAM RTUs
Import of IEC 61580 Edition 2 server files. These files can be
imported with the help of SICAM TOOLBOX II for each IEC 61580
Edition 2 server separately or for several servers.
Export of IEC 61580 Edition 2 server files
Support of TEAX Interface
With version 6.0 of SICAM TOOLBOX II, it is possible to export
and import engineering data in TEAx format.
Integration of SICAM WEB in SICAM TOOLBOX II
The following functionality is supported in the system tech-
nology of OPM II:
• Start SICAM WEB
• Load flash card
[sc_SICAM TOOLBOXII_mixedOp, 1, en_US] In this way, the online features (diagnosis and maintenance
4.2 functions) of SICAM WEB can be used directly from
Figure 4.2/4 SICAM TOOLBOX II Server/Client Configuration
SICAM TOOLBOX II.
Version 6.0 Improved/Changed Features
SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0 not only offers new functions, it Online help
also completes the functions or technologies of the previous SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0 contains improved online help,
version. These include the support of current operating systems specially for the new features. The updated form of online help
and functions in the area of IEC 61850 Ed. 2. is provided as a *.chm file.
Existing engineering data from SICAM TOOLBOX II versions 5.xx SICAM SCC (previously SICAM PAS CC):
can be imported into the new SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0
and can hence continue to be used. Data that has been created General interrogation and analog values:
with SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0 can NOT be imported into Extension of the parameter Variable_type_(TI) with the entry
earlier versions (for example, V5.xx). General Interrogation (GenType -21)
The new version of SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0 contains the Extension of the parameter Lk_Kat with the analog value (subdi-
following extensions and improvements: vision into float and integer values)
Support of Current Operating Systems Revision of libraries
SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0 supports Windows 7, With the new version of SICAM TOOLBOX II, the libraries that are
Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows Server 2008 R2 and provided have been revised.
Windows Server 2012 R2.
New Features for CAEx plus
Security
Offline simulation/online test: Expanded debugging
Installation signature:
Editor in OLS mode or in OLT mode also for POU(ST) and global
The installation file setup.exe has a SIEMENS certificate (digital variable objects.
signature).

Variable values displayed in new column "Online" and forcible

there.
Compatibility
Existing engineering data from SICAM TOOLBOX II versions 5.xx
can be imported into the new SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0
and can hence continue to be used. Data that has been created
with SICAM TOOLBOX II version 6.0 can NOT be imported into
earlier versions (for example, V5.xx).
Support of Current Operation Systems
SICAM TOOLBOX II Version 6.0 can be used on the following
operation systems:
• Windows 7
• Windows 8.1
• Windows 10
• Windows Server 2008 R2
• Windows Server 2012 R2
Required operating systems for SICAM TOOLBOX II WEB applica-
tion server :
• Windows 2008 Server R2 with RDS (=Remote Desktop Serv-
ices)
• Windows 2012 Server R2 with RDS (=Remote Desktop Serv-
ices)
4.2

SICAM TOOLBOX II – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM TOOLBOX II – FULL 6 M F 7 0 □ 0 - □ □ □ □ □ - □ A A 0

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
│ ││ │ │ │ │
Version Version 6.0 6 ││ │ │ │ │
││ │ │ │ │
License Single-site FULL 1 │ │ 0 0 0
Server 3 │ │ │ │ │
││ │ │ │ │
Package No package │ A │ │ │ │
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Standard │ B │ │ │ │
(=EM II & PSR II & OPM II & CAEx plus) ││ │ │ │ │
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Basic │ C │ │ │ │
(=EM II & PSR II & OPM II) ││ │ │ │ │
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Administration │ D │ │ │ │
(=EM II) ││ │ │ │ │
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Service │M │ │ │ │
(=EM II & PSR II) │ │ │ │ │
│ │ │ │ │
Additional packages No additional package │ A │ │ │
TBII live update │ L │ │ │
│ │ │ │
TBII_Server No server │ 0 │ │
2 users 3 2 │ │
3 users 3 3 │ │
5 users 3 5 │ │
10 users 3 6 │ │
25 users 3 7 │ │
100 users 3 8 │ │
│ │ │ │
TBII_Web-Basic No Web │ │ 0 │
4.2
2 users 3 │ 2 │
3 users 3 │ 3 │
5 users 3 │ 5 │
10 users 3 │ 6 │
25 users 3 │ 7 │
│ │ │ │
TBII-Web-CAEx plus No Web-CAEx plus │ │ │ 0
2 users 3 │ │ 2
3 users 3 │ │ 3
5 users 3 │ │ 5
10 users 3 │ │ 6
25 users 3 │ │ 7
│ │ │ │
SICAM TOOLBOX II – LIGHT, see next page │ │ │ │
Table 4.2/1 SICAM TOOLBOX II Selection and Ordering Data


SICAM TOOLBOX II – LIGHT 6 M F 7 0 □ 0 - 0 □ □ 0 0 - 0 A A 0

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
│ ││ │
Version Version 6.0 6 ││ │
││ │
License Single-site LIGHT 0 │ │
│ │
Package No package A │
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Standard B │
(=EM II & PSR II & OPM II & CAEx plus) │ │
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Basic C │
(=EM II & PSR II & OPM II) │ │
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Administration D │
(=EM II) │ │
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Service M │
(=EM II & PSR II) │
│
Additional packages No additional package A
TBII live update L
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Update 6 M F 7 0 □ 0 - 4 □ □ □ □ - 0 A A 0
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
│ ││ │ │ │
Version Version 6.0 6 ││ │ │ │
││ │ │ │
License Update 4 │ │ │ │
│ │ │ │
Package No package A │ │ │
Update LIGHT (min. V5.0) L │ │ │
Update FULL (min. V5.0) F │ │ │
│ │ │ │
Additional packages No additional package │ A │ │ 4.2
TBII live update │ L │ │
│ │ │
TBII-Update_SERVER No server │ 0 │
2 users F 2 │
3 users F 3 │
5 users F 5 │
10 users F 6 │
25 users F 7 │
100 users 1 F 8 │
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Update, see next page │ │


SICAM TOOLBOX II – Update 6 M F 7 0 □ 0 - 4 □ □ □ □ - 0 A A 0

▲ ▲ ▲
│ │ │
TBII-Update_WEB No Web │ │ 0
2 users F │ 2
3 users F │ 3
5 users F │ 5
10 users F │ 6
25 users F │ 7
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Extra and Upgrade 6 M F 7 0 0 0 - 5 □ A 0 0 - 0 A □ 0
▲ ▲ ▲
Extra TBII dongle exchange CAEx plus G A C
TBII dongle exchange CAEx II G A X
│ │ │
TOOLSET Upgrade (LIGHT-> FULL) No toolkit │ │ │
TBII_Upgrade_EM II LIGHT -> FULL G A E
TBII_Upgrade_PSR II LIGHT -> FULL G A S
TBII_Upgrade_OPM II LIGHT -> FULL G A P
TBII_Upgrade_CAEx plus LIGHT -> FULL G A C
TBII_Upgrade_CAEx safety LIGHT -> FULL G A F
│ │ │
TOOLSET Upgrade (FULL) TBII_PSR II F A S
TBII_OPM II F A P
TBII_CAEx plus F A C
TBII_CAEx safety F A F
│ │ │
TOOLSET Upgrade ( LIGHT) TBII_PSR II L A S
TBII_OPM II L A P
TBII_CAEx plus L A C
TBII_CAEx safety L A F
│ │ │
4.2
Add-on live Update TBII live update A L A
│ │ │
(TOOLSET) Upgrade TBII CAExII for Win7/Win8/Win10 S A X
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Siemens internal version, see next page │ │ │


SICAM TOOLBOX II – Siemens internal version 6 M F 7 0 □ 0 - 6 □ □ 5 0 - 0 A A □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Version Version 6.0 6 ││ │ │
││ │ │
License Special 6 │ │ │
│ │ │
Package No package A │ │
TOOLBOX II – Standard B L │
TOOLBOX II – Update INTERNAL U L │
│
Internal version TBII SIEMENS internal version 1
SICAM TOOLBOX II – Maintenance Renewal, see next page
Table 4.2/3 SICAM TOOL BOX II Selection and Ordering Data
4.2


SICAM TOOLBOX II – Maintenance Renewal 6 M F 7 0 0 1 - 0 A □ □ □ - 0 □ □ 0

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
TBII_MR_number of clients FULL No clients A │ │ │ │
1 client B │ │ │ │
2 clients C │ │ │ │
3 clients D │ │ │ │
5 clients E │ │ │ │
10 clients F │ │ │ │
25 clients G │ │ │ │
50 clients H │ │ │ │
100 clients J │ │ │ │
│ │ │ │
TBII_MR_Server No server 0 │ │ │
2 users 2 │ │ │
3 users 3 │ │ │
5 users 5 │ │ │
10 users 6 │ │ │
25 users 7 │ │ │
100 users 8 │ │ │
│ │ │
TBII_MR_Web No Web 0 │ │
2 users 2 │ │
3 users 3 │ │
5 users 5 │ │
10 users 6 │ │
25 users 7 │ │
│ │
TBII_MR_number of live update No clients A │
1 client B │
2 clients C │
3 clients D │
4.2
5 clients E │
10 clients F │
25 clients G │
50 clients H │
100 clients J │
│
TBII_MR_number of clients LIGHT No clients A
1 client B
2 clients C
3 clients D
5 clients E
10 clients F
25 clients G
50 clients H
100 clients J

SICAM WEB – Description
Description
SICAM WEB is the easiest way of configuring and testing devices
of the SICAM A8000 series.
Using a tablet or a PC and one of the standard browsers, you can
parameterize and diagnose the SICAM A8000 series telecontrol
and automation devices.
Merely enter the IP address of the SICAM A8000 device in the
browser address bar, and the access data in the SICAM WEB log-
on dialog.
Subsequently, there is the bidirectional communication with the
SICAM A8000 device via an Ethernet connection.
There is no time-consuming software installation!
Privileges and the associated engineering and diagnostic possi-
bilities depend on the user being logged in as an administrator
or as a guest. Accordingly, the user can read device and diag-
[ph_SICAM WEB, 1, --_--]
nosis information or check event and alarm indications.
Figure 4.3/1 SICAM WEB
A user with administrator right can additionally edit configura-
tion data and start test runs.
Signal configuration follows a simple and clear workflow:
Benefits • Each necessary signal is defined with a name and an
IEC address.
• Easy parameterization and test possibilities for devices of the
SICAM A8000 series with maximum user friendliness. • Allocation of the signals to different targets: For example on
I/O modules, protocols, or master module.
• Clearly structured user interface and logic operating steps for
each working situation. • An I/O module is selected as the target for signals to and from
the process.
• Free utilization with any current web browser; no limitation
• No time-consuming installation necessary • Address mapping is necessary if the information exchange
with another station is not via IEC 60870-5-101 or -104. In
• Utilization via tablet or PC this case, you must allocate the transferred signals to the
• Connection via direct Ethernet connection or via WLAN with a employed protocol.
router • System-internal functions, such as writing data into the event
list, require the master module to be use as target for the
Functions related signals.
User interface • Multiple allocations of a given signal to different targets is
SICAM WEB is operated via mouse or touch. Each functional area possible at any time.
has its own tile, and an additional menu entry. • All settings are saved in the device. 4.3
Communication/connection types
For data transfer, SICAM WEB is optimized for a small band-
width, irrespective of the connection method of the
SICAM A8000 device.
The following connection possibilities are available:
• Direct Ethernet connection
• WLAN with a router connected to the device
SICAM WEB needs only very little transmission resources.
Project engineering
With SICAM WEB you can not only retrieve information from
SICAM devices of the A8000 series, but also configure them
completely.
The largest part of project engineering is occupied by signals,
such as messages, commands, measured values or counts.

SICAM Device Manager – Description
Description
The current version of the SICAM Device Manager supports
project and device management for the following CP modules of
the SICAM A8000 Series:
• SICAM A8000 CP-8000
• SICAM A8000 CP-8021
• SICAM A8000 CP-8022
Engineering of the devices is done online with SICAM WEB. The
same method can be used to use all the other functions of
SICAM WEB (such as diagnosis, test). Furthermore, an easy and
swift change between the devices is possible. Copying device [sc_SDM_AT_Device1, 1, --_--]
parameterization is a major function. Offline engineering with
the SICAM Device Manager is in preparation. Figure 4.4/2 Convenient Functions
Advantages
• Parameterization and test tool for devices of the SICAM A8000
Series
• Short familiarization time thanks to homogeneous user inter-
face
• One tool for all workflows
• Dashboard ("tiles") – all functions available at one glance
• Optimized for swift access to the major functions and parame-
ters
• Easy and clear administration of projects and devices in direc-
tory structures
• Little parameterization effort thanks to copying devices and [sc_SDM_SICAM_WEB, 1, --_--]
automatic adaptation of specific parameters
Figure 4.4/3 Simple and Intuitive User Interface
• Look-and-Feel correspond to SICAM WEB
Description Order no.

SICAM Device Manager Basic 6MF7800-1FB00
4.4
[sc_sicdm__splash, 1, --_--]
Figure 4.4/1 SICAM Device Manager

SICAM Protocol Test System – Description
Description
The IEC standard protocols used in modern substation control
and protection systems enable homogeneous, manufacturer-
independent solutions and provide optimal protection for the
investment made.
Despite the use of standardized protocols, it is still necessary in
everyday practice when operating and setting up systems
controls to analyze more precisely or even simulate the behavior
of the devices used.
The SICAM Protocol Test System (PTS) provides these functions.
A simulation of one or more devices simplifies the processes
above all during project engineering of plants. For instance, by
importing the IEC 61850 standard files, the behavior of devices
can be simulated and thus the running of tests and commis-
sioning simplified. Independently of the manufacturer, exten-
sive analysis functions make it easier to eliminate erroneous
behavior or failures of individual devices.
The SICAM Protocol Test System helps the plant project engineer
and operator to make everyday work simpler and becomes an
indispensable tool.
[ph_PTS-hw2, 1, --_--]
Benefits
Figure 4.5/1 SICAM Protocol Test System (IEC 60870) HW
• Test system independent from manufacturers and products
• Simulation of up to 255 IEC 61850 servers This also includes a simulation of the command derivations
• Interactive simulation (command and feedback) of entire including feedback, measured values and fault records, along
systems including devices from the competition – SCD, ICD with the simulation of IEC 61850 client/server connections and
import (ICD files of SIPROTEC 4 devices are already integrated GOOSE messages.
in the software package) The individual server/client connections in the network are then
• Simulating malfunctions shown in the network overview.
• Dynamic measured values using auto-simulation The SICAM Protocol Test System supports the following proto-
cols:
• Simulating fault records
• GOOSE publish • IEC 61850 Ed1 and Ed2 Client
• Network overview analysis – which server is connected to • IEC 61850 Ed1 and Ed2 Server
which client? • IEC 60870-5-101 (balanced and unbalanced)
• Test the NTP timeserver in the network • IEC 60870-5-103
• Simple operation – without training • IEC 60870-5-104
• Plaintext display even for IEC 60870-5-101, -104 and -103 • SAT PCBE End-End protocol
using stored data models on .csv files – importing long texts
• SAT PCBU SSI End-End protocol
• Long-term recording • Logic analyzer
4.5
• For Windows operating systems • NTP Client

Functions • TLS
Analysis and monitoring The SICAM Protocol Test System runs on a PC under
MS Windows and is used to record and simulate process inter-
The SICAM Protocol Test System is the ideal tool for conform- faces. A COM port (V.24/V.28), the optional external hardware
ance tests, error analyses and long-term recording. Further- (V.24/V.28, X.24/X.27) or an Ethernet interface is used as an
more, the SICAM Protocol Test System also provides the oppor- interface. For unsupported protocols, the recorded data is
tunity to record, save and export handshakes, user data tele- displayed in Hex mode.
grams and file transfers in chronological order. Using the
optional “Four channel logic analyzer,” the timing characteristics Monitoring
of serial interfaces can be analyzed exactly. IEC 60870-5-101, -103, PCBU, PCBE ( Figure 4.5/2)
In addition to the extensive analysis functions, it is also possible • Statistics display (for example, byte number, telegram
to simulate partners. In this way, the SICAM Protocol Test number, transmission error)
System not only allows individual telegrams but also entire
IEC 61850 devices and even plants made up of up to
• Possible to display the telegrams in Hex mode
255 devices to be simulated dynamically. • Time stamping of all received telegrams

• Freely definable process-technology address down to bit level

including saving and loading the definition
• Plaintext import of CSV files (display of the data points with
their actual name)
• Possibility of online and offline filtering of IEC 60870-5-2 tele-
grams, type identifications, transmission causes, link
addresses, object address (function type, information
number)
• Individual adaptation of the display format (for example, type
identification, time, structure)
• Saving the recorded data in binary and ASCII format
• Loading the saved recording for further offline analyses
including offline filter
[dw_sicam-protocol_pcbe-and-pcbu_with_ext-HW, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.5/3 Monitoring IEC 60870-5-101, -103, PCBE & PCBU with
External Hardware
Simulation IEC 60870-5-101, -103 (Figure 4.5/4 and Figure

4.5/5)
• Telegram definition using dialog, from existing recordings and
plaintext imports (for example, data-point tests, in order to
automatically generate and transmit telegrams from a data-
point list)
• Pre-defined monitoring telegrams (for example, end of initiali-
zation, general interrogation, counter interrogation)
[dw_sicam-protocol_pcbe-and-pcbu, 1, en_US]
• Saving and loading telegram definitions
Figure 4.5/2 Monitoring IEC 60870-5-101, -103, PCBE & PCBU • Saving and loading different parameter sets
By using the ”SICAM Protocol Test System (IEC 60870) HW”
• Possible to import recording of the Frontline ”serial test”
program (including time stamp)
(Figure 4.5/3), the following additional functions are also avail-
able: • IEC 60870-5-101: Send/receive file transfers and generate
COMTRADE files from DKE fault records
• V.24/V.28 or X.24/X.27 interface
• Bit rates up to 64 Kbps
• Time stamping with an accuracy of 1 ms
• Internal or external (isochronous connection) clock
If you only have a serial interface to the PC (for example, laptop
computers without additional serial PC card), the optional
4.5 external hardware ”SICAM Protocol Test System (IEC 60870)
HW” provides the full functional scope of two interfaces. It also
provides additional functions such as logic analyzer, 64 Kbps, X.
24/X.27.
[dw_sicam-protocol_SimIEC60870, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.5/4 Simulation IEC 60870-5-101, -103

[dw_sicam-protocol_SimIEC60870_with_ext-HW, 1, en_US]
[dw_sicam-protocol_Logic-analyzer_with_ext-HW, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.5/5 Simulation IEC 60870-5-101, -103 with External Hardware

Figure 4.5/7 Logic Analyzer V.28 with External Hardware
Logic analyzer
Monitoring and simulation IEC 60870-5-104 (Figure 4.5/8)
To use the logic analyzer (Figure 4.5/6/Figure 4.5/7), you need
All data transmitted via the TCP/IP log can be recorded using the
the external hardware ”SICAM Protocol Test System (IEC 60870)
SICAM Protocol Test System if the system can access it on
HW”.
Ethernet, for example, via a hub. This means that the
Its range of services includes: SICAM Protocol Test System may not be decoupled from the
systems to be tested by a switch or router.
• 4 channels
This means that the following possibilities are available:
• Input voltage V.28
• 10,000 signal changes are stored with a time resolution of • Filtering in addition to the filtering possibilities for monitoring
40 μs (max. 72 hours) on serial interfaces according to log, IP address, host name
and port number
• Min. signal pulse duration 20 μs
• Export the stored data as a file • Statistics display
• Simulation of a station on the Ethernet
[sc_Logic_77,5, 1, --_--] 4.5

Figure 4.5/6 Logic Analyzer
[dw_sicam-protocol_monitoring-and-simulation, 1, en_US]
Figure 4.5/8 Monitoring and Simulation IEC 60870-5-104

SICAM Protocol Test System – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM PTS 6 M F 6 0 7 0 - □ A A □ □ - □ □ A 0
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
License Single space │ │ │ │ │
│ │ │ │ │
Package Only additional packages 0 │ │ │ │
Basis (IEC 60870-101) 1 │ │ │ │
Update V6.x to V7.0 2 │ │ │ │
Update V5.x to V7.0 3 │ │ │ │
│ │ │ │
Additional packages No additional packages 0 0 0 A
IEC 60870-103 3 │ │ │
IEC 60870-104 4 │ │
IEC 61850 8 │
TLS T
Table 4.5/1 SICAM PTS Selection and Ordering Data
4.5

DIGSI 4 – Description
Description
The PC operating program DIGSI 4 is the user interface to all
Siemens protection devices, up to and including SIPROTEC 4 and
SIPROTEC Compact. It has a simple and intuitive user interface.
Using DIGSI 4, the parameters for the SIPROTEC devices are set
and evaluated – it is the tailor-made program for industrial and
energy supply systems.
Functions
• Simple protection settings
The functions actually required can simply be selected from
the numerous protection functions. This facilitates increased [sc_digsi4_cfc, 1, --_--]
clarity over the other menus.
Figure 4.6/3 CFC Chart
• Setting devices with primary and secondary values • Commissioning
The settings can be entered and displayed as primary or
Special attention was paid to commissioning. All binary inputs
secondary values. You can switch between primary and
and outputs can be individually tested and read. This enables
secondary values using the mouse click on the toolbar.
an extremely simple wiring check. For test purposes,
messages can be intentionally sent to the serial interfaces.
• IEC 61850 System Configurator
Using the IEC 61850 system configurator, which is launched
from the DIGSI manager, the IEC 61850 network structure
and the scope of the data exchange between the participants
of an IEC 61850 station can be defined. To do so, subnet-
works are added as required to the network working area.
These subnetworks are then allocated available participants
and the addressing is set. In the GOOSE working area, the
data objects between the participants are linked, for example,
the pickup indication of the V/AMZ I> function of the feeder 1,
which is transmitted to the infeed, in order to effect the
reverse interlocking of the V/AMZ I>> function there. Addi-
[sc_digsi4_main menue, 1, --_--]
tional information see Description, Page 103.
Figure 4.6/1 DIGSI 4: Main Menu, Selecting the Protection Functions
• Routing matrix
The DIGSI 4 matrix shows the user the entire device configura-
tion at a glance. For instance, the allocation of LEDs, binary
inputs and standard relays is displayed on one screen. The
routing can be changed with the click of a mouse.
4.6
[sc_digsi4_matrix, 1, --_--]
Figure 4.6/2 DIGSI 4: Routing Matrix
• CFC: Configure logic instead of programming it

[sc_DIGSI 4_IEC 61850, 1, --_--]
Using CFC (Continuous Function Chart), interlockings and
switching sequences can be configured, information linked Figure 4.6/4 IEC 61850 System Configurator
and derived without software expertise simply by drawing
technical processes. Logical elements such as AND, OR and
timing elements are available, as are limiting value interroga-
tions of measured values.

DIGSI 4 – Selection and Ordering Data

Software for project engineering and operation of Basic 7XS5400-0AA00
Siemens protection devices of the SIPROTEC 4/3/2
Basic version with license for 10 computers (authorization
and SIPROTEC Compact product families, execut-
using serial number)
able under the following operating systems:
Professional 7XS5402-0AA00
- Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate, Professional and
Enterprise (32/64 Bit) Basic and in addition SIGRA (fault-record analysis), CFC editor
(logic editor), display editor (editor for basic and branch
- Microsoft Windows 10 Professional and Enter- control images) and DIGSI 4 remote (remote control) with
prise (64 Bit) license for 10 computers (authorization using serial number)
- Microsoft Windows Server 2008/2012 R2 (64 Bit) DIGSI 4 professional + IEC 61850 7XS5403-0AA00
See product information for details about the Professional and additional IEC 61850 System Configurator
supported service packs of the operating systems. with license for 10 computers (authorization via serial number)
Including device templates, Comtrade Viewer, Upgrade from DIGSI 4 basic to DIGSI 4 professional 7XS5407-0AA00
electronic help, DIGSI cables (for all devices) and Upgrade from DIGSI 4 basic to DIGSI 4 professional + 7XS5408-0AA00
service (update, hotline). IEC 61850
Interface languages: German, English, French, Upgrade from DIGSI 4 professional to DIGSI 4 professional + 7 X S 5 4 6 0 - 0 A A 0 0
Spanish, Italian, Chinese, Russian, and Turkish IEC 61850
(selectable) SIPROTEC 4 tutorial IC1000-G220-C198-X-7100
Delivery is on DVD-ROM Multimedia information and training for SIPROTEC 4, DIGSI 4,
SIGRA and IEC 61850 including trial software, handbooks and
catalog
DIGSI 4 trial 7XS5401-1AA00
Like DIGSI 4 professional + IEC 61850, but only valid for
30 days (test version, no authorization necessary)
DIGSI 4 scientific 7XS5402-2AA00
Like DIGSI 4 professional + IEC 61850, only for scientific equip-
ment (university, technical college, research institution) with
license for 10 computers (authorization using serial number)
DIGSI 4 DVD copy 7XS5490-0AA00
Contains latest DIGSI 4, IEC 61850 system configurator and
SIGRA, without license
Table 4.6/1 DIGSI 4 Selection and Ordering Data
4.6

DIGSI 5 – Description
Description
DIGSI 5 is the versatile engineering tool for parameterizing,
commissioning, and operating all SIPROTEC 5 devices. Its inno-
vative user interface includes context-sensitive user instructions.
Simple connection to the device via USB enables you to work
with a device easily and efficiently. The full capabilities of
DIGSI 5 are revealed when you connect it to a network of
protection devices: Then you can work with all of the devices in
a substation in one project. DIGSI 5 offers superior usability and
is optimized for your work processes. Only the information you
actually need to carry out your tasks is shown. This can be
reduced further via expanded filter mechanisms. Consistent use
[sc_DIGSI 5, 2, en_US]
of sophisticated and standardized mechanisms in the user inter-
faces requires less training. Figure 4.7/1 DIGSI 5 Engineering Software
Functions Includes IEC 61850 System Configurator. Contains additional

graphical editors for single-line diagrams, device display
Using a PC or laptop computer, you can set parameters for the
pages and network topology. SIGRA 4 for professional fault-
devices using the interfaces and export the fault data.
record analysis is available as an option.
DIGSI 5 is available in different variants (Compact, Standard and
Premium) with various functionalities: • DIGSI 5 Premium with SIGRA
Same as DIGSI 5 Standard, but with enhanced functionality
• Using the Single-Line Editor, you can visually define a substa- for IEC 61850, such as flexible engineering and functional
tion and the primary equipment. Connect these elements
naming. Contains SIGRA 4 for a professional analysis of fault
with the protection function of your protection devices.
records.
• The visual display of the SIPROTEC devices can be configured Hardware requirements
and edited with the Display Editor or with a graphics program.
Take your single-line diagram and convert it into a display • Intel® Celeron® Dual Core 2.2 GHz (Ivy/Sandy Bridge)
image. You can also define your own icons.
• 5 GB available hard disk space (Recommendation: Solid State
• You can also configure additional functions, for instance, Disk (SSD))
interlocking the devices, visually with the CFC editor
• 4 GB RAM (Recommendation: 8 GB)
• Using the Siemens IEC 61850 system configurator, you can • Graphic display HD Ready 1280 x 1024 or 1376 x 768 pixels
configure and parameterize IEC 61850 stations. Using this
tool, you can administer subnetworks, network users and • DVD ROM drive
their IP addresses and link the information of various partici- • Keyboard and mouse
pants.
• USB port
• The DIGSI 5 test suite provides extensive test tools, which Software requirements
accelerate commissioning and support you with operation.
One of the test functions enables you to compile and execute • Microsoft Windows 7
test sequences, to test devices without external test equip- • Microsoft Windows 8.1
ment.
• Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2
• SIGRA for simple, fast and convenient analysis of fault records, • VMWare support for virtual machines
such as those recorded during faults in power plants by fault
recorders.
Languages: English, German, French, Portuguese, Spanish,
Turkish and Russian.
4.7
DIGSI 5 is available in 3 different functional scopes:
• DIGSI 5 Compact
Software for configuration and operation of individual
SIPROTEC 5 protection devices including transmission of
process data from the device. Includes a graphical editor for
continuous function charts (CFC). Integrated test and commis-
sioning functions, including the possibility of creating test
sequences and their execution in the protection device
without external test equipment. Project may only contain a
single SIPROTEC 5 protection device.
• DIGSI 5 Standard
Like DIGSI 5 Compact, but without constraint with regard to
the number of supported SIPROTEC 5 devices per project.

DIGSI 5 – Function Overview
Overview of Functions
Compact Standard Premium

Project processing
Maximum number of devices per project 1 Unlimited Unlimited
Copy and paste ■ ■ ■
Multilingualism is supported ■ ■ ■
Single line diagrams and device displays
Single-Line Editor with ANSI and IEC standard icons available – ■ ■
Device display editor permits creation of user-defined displays and icons – ■ ■
Setting parameters and routing
Information routing including filtering and sorting ■ ■ ■
Graphical visualization of protection parameters – ■ ■
Comparison of devices (offline/offline – offline/online) only offline/online ■ ■
Continuous function charts (CFC)
Graphical function chart (CFC) editor included ■ ■ ■
Communication
Assignment of communications to system interface ■ ■ ■
Assignment of communications to various protocols ■ ■ ■
Graphical network view of devices – ■ ■
Inter-device communication (via IEC 61850 System Configurator) – ■ ■
IEC 61850
IEC 61850 Edition 2 is fully supported – ■ ■
IEC 61850 – structure editor for flexible engineering and functional naming – – ■
Access and communication
Via USB and Ethernet ■ ■ ■
Access to communication partners via system interface ■ ■ ■
Online
Measured values (current values, minimum, maximum, average values) and storage in ■ ■ ■
the project as snapshots
Messages (and storage in the project as snapshots) ■ ■ ■
Protocols and records ■ ■ ■
Display fault records ■ ■ ■
1) SIGRA available as optional package COMTRADE Viewer COMTRADE Viewer SIGRA
1)
Loading settings for the selected device ■ ■ ■

Commissioning and testing
Creating and running multistage test sequences, no external equipment necessary ■ ■ ■
Test views for testing the device configuration ■ ■ ■
Analysis/debugging of function chart (CFC) offline and online ■ ■ ■
Export and import
SCL formats (IEC 61850 – ICD/IID/MICS) – ■ ■
Device configurations (full and partial) ■ ■ ■
4.7 Single Line Diagrams/Topology – ■WMF export only ■
Display pages – ■ ■
Test object definition (RIO) ■ ■ ■
Documentation
Printing and exporting project documentation ■ ■ ■
Creation of user-defined print formats ■ ■ ■
Safeguarding and security
Authorization of access to devices with NERC CIP-compatible password ■ ■ ■
Secure connection to the device ■ ■ ■
Configuration data protected from alteration ■ ■ ■
Confirmation IDs for safeguarding critical activities (for example, switching) ■ ■ ■

DIGSI 5 – Ordering Variants
DIGSI 5 Order Variants
DIGSI 5 Compact DIGSI 5 Standard DIGSI 5 Premium with SIGRA

Description Software for configuration and opera- Like DIGSI 5 Compact, but without Same as DIGSI 5 Standard, but with
tion of individual SIPROTEC 5 protection constraint with regard to the number of enhanced functionality for IEC 61850,
devices including transmission of supported SIPROTEC 5 devices per such as flexible engineering and func-
process data from the device. project. Includes IEC 61850 System tional naming.
Configurator
Includes a graphical editor for contin- Contains SIGRA 4 for a professional anal-
uous function charts (CFC). Contains additional graphical editors for ysis of fault records.
single-line diagrams, device display
Integrated test and commissioning func-
pages and the network topology.
tions, including the possibility of
creating test sequences and their execu- SIGRA 4 for professional fault-record
tion in the protection device without analysis is available as an option.
external test equipment.
Project may only contain a single
SIPROTEC 5 protection device.
Features All features are listed in the table Overview of Functions, Page 100.
Authorization No license key necessary Authorization required using the license key on the USB stick; can be used on one
computer per license.
Available interface German, English, Portuguese, Spanish, Russian, Italian, French and Turkish (selectable)
languages
Contained in the scope • Program, device driver and online • Program, device driver and online • Program, device driver and online
of delivery documentation on DVD-ROM documentation on DVD-ROM documentation on DVD-ROM
• USB stick including a 30-day test • USB stick with the number of licenses • USB stick with the number of licenses
license for a free test of DIGSI 5 ordered. The program can be used on ordered. The program can be used on
Premium one computer per license. one computer per license.
• Product information • Includes a 30-day test license for a • Product information
• USB cable to connect to a PC/note- free test of DIGSI 5 Premium • USB cable to connect to a PC/note-
book and all SIPROTEC 5 device types • Product information book and all SIPROTEC 5 device types
• USB cable to connect to a PC/note-
book and all SIPROTEC 5 device types
4.7

DIGSI 5 – Selection and Ordering Data
Variants No. of Licenses Ordering No.

(Short Product Code)
DIGSI 5 Compact Unlimited P1V178
DIGSI 5 Standard without SIGRA (with COMTRADE viewer) 1 single license P1V24
DIGSI 5 Standard without SIGRA (with COMTRADE viewer) 5 single licenses P1V48
DIGSI 5 Standard without SIGRA (with COMTRADE viewer) 10 single licenses P1V376
DIGSI 5 Standard including SIGRA 1 single license P1V246
DIGSI 5 Standard including SIGRA 5 single licenses P1V31
DIGSI 5 Standard including SIGRA 10 single licenses P1V253
DIGSI 5 Premium including SIGRA 1 single license P1V123
DIGSI 5 Premium including SIGRA 5 single licenses P1V185
DIGSI 5 Premium including SIGRA 10 single licenses P1V130
DIGSI 5 Premium Trial (full Premium for 30 days) Unlimited P1V192
DIGSI 5 Premium Scientific (for universities only) 10 single licenses P1V55
DIGSI 5 Premium Sales (for Siemens sales only) 10 single licenses P1V62
Upgrade from DIGSI 5 Standard to Premium 1 single license P1V369
Upgrade from DIGSI 5 Standard to Premium 5 single licenses P1V215
Upgrade from DIGSI 5 Standard to Premium 10 single licenses P1V383
Upgrade from DIGSI 4 Professional to DIGSI 5 Standard 10 single licenses P1V86
Upgrade from DIGSI 4 Professional to DIGSI 5 Premium 10 single licenses P1V390
Upgrade from DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850 to 10 single licenses P1V93
DIGSI 5 Standard
Upgrade from DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850 to 10 single licenses P1V208
DIGSI 5 Premium
Option package SIGRA for DIGSI 5 Standard 1 single license P1V154
Option package SIGRA for DIGSI 5 Standard 5 single licenses P1V406
Option package SIGRA for DIGSI 5 Standard 10 single licenses P1V161
DVD copy with latest DIGSI 5 and SIGRA version P1V222
SIPROTEC 5/DIGSI 5 tutorial P1V239
Table 4.7/1 DIGSI 5 Selection and Ordering Data
4.7

IEC 61850 System Configurator – Description
IEDs from the IEC 61850 standard of Edition 1 or Edition 2 are

Description supported. The possible engineering therefore includes not only
GOOSE communication and client/server configuration via MMS
The IEC 61850 system configurator is the manufacturer-inde-
reporting, but also system topology, process bus communica-
pendent solution for the interoperable engineering of IEC 61850
tion with SMV (sampled measured values) and IEC 60870-5-104
products and systems. It supports all devices with IEC 61850,
addresses for the gateway to the network control center via
not just Siemens products – like SIPROTEC 5, SIPROTEC 4,
IEC 61850-80-1.
SIPROTEC Compact, Reyrolle, SICAM RTUs, SICAM IO/AI/P85x/
Q100 – but also devices from other Siemens divisions (such as Simple engineering thanks to customer-friendly workflows and
SITRAS PRO) or from third parties. universal display of IEC 61850 addresses as well as customer
description texts. Users with IEC 61850 basic or expert knowl-
The tool supports SCL configuration files (substation configura-
edge find the desired level of detail.
tion language) from the IEC 61850-6 through import or export
of all formats (ICD/IID/CID/SCD/SSD/SED). Thus, IEC 61850
devices can be added and a complete IEC 61850 station is avail-
able for substation automation technology.
[One IEC 61850, 2, --_--]
Figure 4.8/1 An IEC 61850 System Configurator for All Devices in the Station
4.8

IEC 61850 System Configurator – Selection and Ordering Data

IEC 61850 System Configurator Stand-alone 7XS5461-0AA00
Software for configuring stations with IEC 61850 communication For configuration independent from manufac-
turers of a plant with IEC 61850 devices
Executable under 32-bit and 64-bit MS Windows 7 Ultimate, Enterprise and
(SIPROTEC, Reyrolle and devices from the compe-
Professional/MS Windows 8.1/MS Windows Server 2012 R2 64-bit/
tition), installation independent from DIGSI, with
MS Windows 10 Professional and Enterprise (64 Bit)
license for 10 computers (authorization using
See product information for supported service packs of the operating serial number)
systems including electronic help and service (update, hotline)
Interface languages: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese,
Chinese, Russian and Turkish selectable
Supplied on DVD-ROM.
Table 4.8/1 IEC 61850 System Configurator Selection and Ordering Data
4.8

SIGRA – Description
Description
The SIGRA user program supports you in analyzing failures in
your electrical power system. It graphically analyzes data
recorded during the failure and calculates additional supple-
mental quantities such as impedances, powers or RMS values,
from the supplied measured values, making evaluation of the
fault record easier for you.
The quantities can be shown as desired in the diagrams of the
views
• Time signals
• Phasor diagrams [sc_SIGRA_4_51_SplashScreen, 1, --_--]
• Locus diagrams Figure 4.9/1 SIGRA 4
• Harmonics – Fault-location determination (display of fault location)

• Fault locator • Calculation of additional values, such as positive-sequence
and in the ”Table” view. impedances, RMS values, symmetrical components and
phasors
After a system incident, it is especially important to quickly and
completely analyze the error, so that the respective measures • 2 measuring cursors that are synchronized in all views
can be derived immediately from the cause analysis. This will • High-performance panning and zoom functions (for example,
enable the original network status to be recovered and the section enlargement)
down time to be reduced to an absolute minimum. • User-friendly project engineering via drag and drop
As well as the usual time signal display of the recorded meas- • Innovative signal routing in a clearly structured matrix
ured quantity, the current version is also set up to display
vector, pie and bar charts to show the harmonics and data
• Time-saving user profiles, which can be assigned to individual
relay types or series
tables. From the measured values recorded in the fault records,
SIGRA 4 calculates further values, for instance missing quantities • Addition of further fault records and synchronization of
in the 3-phase electrical power system, impedances, outputs, multiple fault records with a common time base
symmetrical components, etc. Using two measurement cursors, • Simple documentation through copying of the diagrams for
the fault current can be evaluated easily and conveniently. With example, into MS Office programs
the aid of SIGRA however, further fault record can also be
added. The signals from another fault record (for example, from
• Offline fault-location determination
the opposite end of the line) are added to the current signal • Commenting of fault records, and commenting of individual
pattern using drag and drop. measuring points in diagrams and free placement of these
comments in diagrams
SIGRA 4 facilitates the display of signals from various fault
records in one diagram as well as a fully automated synchroniza- • Application of mathematical operations to signals
tion of these signals on a common time base. As well as the Hardware Requirements
precise determination of the individual factors of the line fault,
the fault location is also of particular interest. • Pentium 4 with 1 GHz processor or similar
A precise determination of the fault location saves time which
• 1 GB RAM (2 GB recommended)
the user can use for an on-site inspection of the error. This func- • Graphic display with resolution of 1024 × 768 (1280 × 1024
tion is also supported by SIGRA 4 using the ”offline fault loca- recommended)
tion” function. SIGRA 4 can be used for all fault records in the • 50 MB available hard disk space
COMTRADE file format.
• DVD ROM drive
The functions and advantages of SIGRA 4 can often only be opti-
mally displayed directly on the product. For this reason, SIGRA 4
• Keyboard and mouse
is available as a 30-day test version. Software requirements
• MS Windows 7 Ultimate, Enterprise and Professional
Functions
• MS Windows 8.1 Enterprise 4.9
• 6 diagram types: • MS Windows Server 2008 R2
– Time-signal representation (standard)
– Locus diagram (for example for RX)
– Vector diagram (reading of angles)
– Bar chart (for example for visualizing harmonics)
– Table (with values of several signals at the same point in
time)

SIGRA – Selection and Ordering Data

SIGRA SIGRA for DIGSI 7XS5410-0AA00
Software for graphical visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records With license for 10 computers (authorization
using serial number). The DIGSI 4 license number
Executable under 32-bit and 64-bit MS Windows 7 Ultimate, Enterprise and
is required to order.
Professional/MS Windows 8.1 Enterprise/MS Windows Server 2008 R2
SIGRA Stand-alone 7XS5416-0AA00
See product information for supported service packs of the operating
systems including sample fault record, electronic help and service (update, Installation without DIGSI 4 with license for
hotline) 10 computers (authorization using serial number)
Interface languages: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, SIGRA Scientific 7XS5416-1AA00
Russian and Turkish, selectable Installation without DIGSI 4 only for scientific
Incl. Multimedia Tutorial on separate CD-ROM equipment (university, technical college, research
institution) with license for 10 computers (author-
Supplied on DVD-ROM. ization using serial number)
SIGRA Trial 7XS5411-1AA00
Like SIGRA Stand-alone version but only usable for
30-days (no authorization required)
Upgrade from SIGRA Trial to SIGRA Stand-alone 7 X S 5 4 1 6 - 2 A A 0 0
Like SIGRA Stand-alone version for customers who
want to activate a trial version with full capabili-
ties and a license for 10 computers
Table 4.9/1 SIGRA Selection and Ordering Data
4.9

Bay Controllers
Bay Controllers
Introduction
The use of innovative basic technologies (such as micro- SIPROTEC 5 bay controllers in particular can always be flexibly
processors and signal processors) has enabled the design of adapted to specific requirements.
integrated bay units. Thanks to their extensive functionality, the
General features
costs of automating supply systems can be reduced.
Siemens bay controllers control and monitor plants of all voltage
• Configuration of a large number of protection functions
levels. The large number of automatic functions permits the • Modular expansion of the quantity structure
device to be used in all fields of energy supply. The devices • Powerful automation with CFC
contain all important auxiliary functions that are necessary for
safe network operation today. This includes functions for protec- Bay Controller Description
tion, control, measurement and monitoring. The large number SIPROTEC 6MD85 Bay controller for protection, automation and
of communication interfaces and communication protocols optional protection functions, expandable hardware
satisfies the requirements of communication-based selective SIPROTEC 6MD86 Bay controller for protection, automation and
protection and of automated operation. optional protection functions, AREC (79) and SVS
(50BF), expandable hardware
SIPROTEC 5 railway bay controllers control and monitor plants in
railway power supply. They are suitable for the trunk lines and SIPROTEC 6MD89 Bay controllers for railway power supply
the distribution systems for contact wire power supply. They are SIPROTEC 6MD61 I/O box for easy extension of binary inputs and
equipped with 1- or 2-phase measurement and have a rated outputs as well as measurements
frequency of 16.7 Hz. SIPROTEC 6MD63 Bay controller mainly for medium-voltage and high-
voltage substations
Commissioning and maintenance work can be completed safely,
SIPROTEC 6MD66 Bay controller for high-voltage substations
quickly and thus cost-effectively with high-performance test
functions. Because of a modular surface mounting, the
[ph_bay controller SIPROTEC, 1, --_--]
Figure 5.1/1 Siemens Bay Controllers
5.1

Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 6MD85 – Description
Description
The SIPROTEC 6MD85 bay controller is a general-purpose control
and automation device with protection function. It is designed
for use in all voltage levels from distribution to transmission. As
a part of the SIPROTEC 5 family, it allows the use of a large
number of protection functions from the SIPROTEC library. The
modular hardware permits integration of the IOs depending on
the action. Adapt the hardware exactly to your requirements
and rely on future-oriented system solutions with high invest-
ment security and low operating costs.
Main function Bay controller for medium voltage and high to

extra-high voltage switchgear with integrated
operation and comprehensive protection func-
tions. Powerful automation, simple configura-
tion with DIGSI 5
Inputs and outputs 5 predefined standard variants with 4 current
transformers, 4 voltage transformers, 11 to
75 binary inputs, 9 to 41 binary outputs [SIP5_GD_SS_W3, 1, --_--]
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable and expandable I/O quantity Figure 5.2/1 SIPROTEC 6MD85 bay controller (1/3 device with 1/6
structure within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 expansion module with key switch operation panel)
modular system. For great requirements placed
on the quantity structure, the device can be
extended in the second row. For example, 240 • Capturing operational measured variables and protection
(and more) binary inputs are possible with the function measured values to evaluate the plant state, to
IO230 (see Hardware section). support commissioning, and to analyze faults
Housing width 1/3 × 19 inch to 2/1 × 19 inch • Synchrophasor measured values with the IEEE C37.118
protocol integrated (PMU)
Functions • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
required. • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
• Integrated bay controller with versatile protection function • Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
from medium to extra-high voltage the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
• Control of switching devices
Applications
• Synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection
• Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI 5 and IEC 61850 and automation device with protection function on the basis of
(reporting and GOOSE)
the SIPROTEC 5 system. The standard variants of the SIPROTEC
• Up to 4 pluggable communication modules, usable for 6MD85 are delivered with instrument transformers. Further-
different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, more, protection-class current transformers are also possible in
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 serial SIPROTEC 6MD85 so that protection functions can be used. Due
and TCP, PROFINET IO) to its high flexibility, it is suitable as selective protection equip-
• Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR ment for overhead lines and cables with single-ended and multi-
ended infeeds when protection communication is used. The
• Arc protection device supports all SIPROTEC 5 system properties. It enables
• Cyber Security as per NERC CIP and BDEW Whitepaper require- upgradeable system solutions with high investment security and
ments low operating costs.
• Graphical logic editor to create powerful automation func-
tions in the device
• Optional overcurrent protection for all voltage levels with
3-pole tripping
• Also used in switchgear with breaker-and-a-half configuration
• Selective protection of overhead lines and cables with single-
ended and multi-ended feeders using protection communica-
tion
• Overcurrent protection also configurable as emergency func-
tion 5.2
• Secure serial protection data communication, also over great

distances and all available physical media (optical fiber cable,
2-wire connections and communication networks)

Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 6MD85 – Application Templates
Double Busbar with Switching Sequence

Application templates Figure 5.2/2 shows a simple typical application with a
Application templates are available in DIGSI for standard applica- SIPROTEC 6MD85 device on a double busbar. The Circuit-breaker
tions. They comprise basic configurations and default settings. function group contains the synchrocheck. The disconnectors
are also controlled by one function group each. Operational
The following application templates are available:
measured values and energy metered values are calculated in
• SIPROTEC 6MD85 Standard the VI_3-phase function group. They are available for output on
– Double busbar feeder with switchgear interlocking protec- the display, transfer to the substation automation technology,
tion and processing in the CFC. A switching sequence stored in the
CFC that is activated via a function key starts an automatic flow
• SIPROTEC 6MD85 Extended control final node busbar switchover process.
– In addition to SIPROTEC 6MD85 Standard, also includes the
CFC building blocks for switching sequences and arithmetic
– Switching sequence for automatic busbar switchover
preconfigured (triggered by function key)
[dw_6MD8-Bsp-Application-1, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.2/2 Application Example: SIPROTEC 6MD85 Bay Controller for Double Busbars with Switching Sequence for Busbar Switchover
5.2

Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 6MD85 – Dimensional Drawings
[dweinbpr-070211-01.tif, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.2/4 Flush-Mounting Devices, Dimensions from the Side and

Front Views
[dweinboh-060812-01.tif, 2, en_US]
Figure 5.2/3 Cut-Out Widths and Drilling Pattern Refer to Table 5.2/2 for the variable dimension a.
Width of the Assembly

Opening in mm (in
Inches)
1/3 device (base module) 146+2 mm (5.75+0.08)
1/2 device (base module with one expansion 221+2 mm (8.7+0.08)
module)
2/3 device (base module with 2 expansion 296+2 mm(11.65+0.08)
modules)
5/6 device (base module with 3 expansion 371+2 mm (14.61+0.08)
modules)
modules)
Table 5.2/1 Cut-Out Widths
Dimension a [dwosopab-070211-01.tif, 2, en_US]
Housing widths in mm
Figure 5.2/5 Surface Mounting Device with Detached On-Site Operation
(in Inches)
Panel; Dimensions in the Side and Front Views
1/3 device 145 (5.71)
1/2 device 220 (8.66)
2/3 device 295 (11.61)
5/6 device 370 (14.57)
1/1 device 445 (17.52)
Table 5.2/2 Variable Housing Widths
[dwosopin-070211-01.tif, 2, en_US]
Figure 5.2/6 1/3 Surface Mounting Device with Integrated On-Site

Operation Panel; Dimensions in the Side and Front Views 5.2

Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 6MD85 – Selection and Ordering Data
Bay Controllers – 6MD85

Housing: Extendable, 1/3 x 19‘‘ to 2/1 x 19‘‘
Basic function with hardware standard variant 1)
J1: 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO (1 Life, 2S, 6F), 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers 3)
Application templates/function points 2)
Double busbar, standard
Extended control (75 function points)
Warranty extension
Warranty extension, annually
Communication
Integrated Ethernet interface (RJ45) for DIGSI
Integrated Ethernet interface (RJ45) for DIGSI and IEC 61850
SIPROTEC 5 plug-in modules
For product configuration and order no., see www.siemens.com/siprotec (SIPROTEC 5 – configuration)
1) Abbreviations: Housing width in 19-inch design/BI: Binary inputs/BO: Binary outputs/S: Standard relay, F: Fast relay/HS: High-speed relay, P: Power relay
2) Available functional scope according to catalog and function point calculator in order configurator
3) Small display with 16 LEDs
4) Small display, no key switch, 16 LEDs
Table 5.2/3 SIPROTEC 6MD85 Selection and Ordering Data
5.2

Bay Controllers
Description
and automation device with protection function. It is designed
for use in all voltage levels from distribution to transmission. As
a part of the SIPROTEC 5 family, it allows the use of a large
number of protection functions from the SIPROTEC library.
Adapt the hardware and the IO quantity structure exactly to
your requirements and enable future-oriented system solutions
with high investment security and low operating costs.
Main function Bay controller for medium voltage and high to

extra-high voltage switchgear with integrated
operation and comprehensive protection func-
tions. Powerful automation, simple configura-
tion with DIGSI 5.
Inputs and outputs 6 predefined standard variants with 8 current
transformers, 8 voltage transformers, 11 to
75 binary inputs, 9 to 41 binary outputs
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable and expandable I/O quantity [SIP5_GD_SS_W3, 1, --_--]
structure within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5 Figure 5.3/1 SIPROTEC 6MD86 (1/3 Device with 1/6 Expansion Module
modular system. For great requirements placed with Key Switch Operation Panel)
extended in the 2nd row. For example, 240
(and more) binary inputs are possible with the • Synchrophasor measured values with the IEEE C37.118
IO230 (see Hardware section). protocol integrated (PMU)
Housing width 1/3 × 19 inch to 2/1 × 19 inch • Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 80 s
at 8 kHz or 320 s at 2 kHz)
Functions • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as • Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
required. the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
• Integrated bay controller with versatile protection function
from medium to extra-high voltage Applications
• Control of switching devices The SIPROTEC 6MD86 bay controller is a general-purpose control
and automation device with a protection function on the basis
• Synchrocheck, switchgear interlocking protection and switch- of the SIPROTEC 5 system. The standard variants of the
related protection functions, such as circuit-breaker failure
SIPROTEC 6MD86 are delivered with instrument transformers.
protection and automatic reclosing
Furthermore, protection-class current transformers are also
• Integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 for DIGSI 5 and IEC 61850 possible in SIPROTEC 6MD86 so that protection functions can be
(reporting and GOOSE) used. Due to its high flexibility, it is suitable as selective protec-
• Up to 4 pluggable communication modules, usable for tion equipment for overhead lines and cables with single-ended
different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850, IEC and multi-ended infeeds when protection communication is
60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, Modbus TCP, DNP3 serial and used. The device supports all SIPROTEC 5 system properties. It
TCP, PROFINET IO) enables upgradeable system solutions with high investment
security and low operating costs.
• Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
• Cyber Security as per NERC CIP and BDEW Whitepaper require-
ments
• Arc protection
tions in the device
• Optional overcurrent protection with 3-pole tripping
• Also used in switchgear with breaker-and-a-half configuration
• Overcurrent protection also configurable as emergency func-
tion
• Secure serial protection data communication, also over great
distances and all available physical media (optical fiber cable,
2-wire connections and communication networks)
• Capturing operational measured variables and protection 5.3
function measured values to evaluate the plant state, to
support commissioning, and to analyze faults

Bay Controllers
Application Templates
The following application templates are available: Double Busbar with Protection Functions
In Figure 5.3/2 the double busbar feeder is controlled and also
• SIPROTEC 6MD86 standard double busbar protected by a 6MD86. For this purpose, circuit-breaker failure
– Double busbar feeder with switchgear interlocking protec- protection and automatic reclosing are activated in the Circuit-
tion breaker function group. The function group VI_3-phase includes
– Synchrocheck for circuit breaker the protection functions overvoltage protection, frequency
– Switching sequence for automatic busbar switchover protection and power protection. In contrast to Figure 5.2/2, it is
preconfigured (triggered by function key) therefore connected to the circuit breaker so that the resulting
trip signals have a destination. Such linkages can quickly and
• SIPROTEC 6MD86 breaker-and-a-half type 1 flexibly be created in the DIGSI 5 editor "Function-group connec-
– Control of a breaker-and-a-half bay (3 circuit breakers, tions" (Figure 5.3/3).
14 disconnectors)
– Synchrocheck for the 3 circuit breakers with dynamic meas-
uring point switchover.
• SIPROTEC 6MD86 breaker-and-a-half type 2
– Control of part of a breaker-and-a-half bay
– Supports concepts with multiple bay controllers per bay
– Circuit-breaker failure protection and automatic reclosing
Figure 5.3/2 Application Example: Bay Controller 6MD86 for Double Busbar with Protection Functions
5.3

Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 6MD86 – Application Examples
Breaker-and-a-half Bay with Protection and Systems Control

Figure 5.3/4 shows a breaker-and-a-half bay with protection and
systems control. Protected by 2 SIPROTEC 7SL87 line protection
devices, which also assume circuit-breaker failure protection and
the automatic reclosing of the 3 circuit breakers. Control of all
switches and the synchrocheck of the circuit breakers is
assumed by the SIPROTEC 6MD86 bay controller. The Figure
5.3/5 provides insight into the functions of the Bay Controller
SIPROTEC 6MD86.
[Schutzobjekt, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.3/3 Assignment of the Function Group with Protection Func-

tions to the Switch (Protection Object)
5.3

Bay Controllers
[dw_1-5_CB-Feldleit-, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.3/4 Application Example: Breaker-and-a-Half Layout with a Bay Controller and 2 Line Protection Devices (Overview)
Figure 5.3/5 shows the principle of the dynamic switchover of bilities for each of the two voltages depending on the position
the voltage measurements for the synchrocheck functions of of the disconnector and circuit breaker. For the two outer QA1
the three circuit breakers in the SIPROTEC 6MD86 bay controller. and QA3 circuit breakers, there is only one possibility (that is,
Each synchrocheck function (ANSI number 25) requires both the neighboring busbar), while the other voltage is connected
voltages Vsync1 (feeder voltage) and Vsync2 ( reference by means of one of the 3 possibilities (likewise depending on
voltage). With the middle QA2 circuit breaker, there are 2 possi- switch position).
5.3

Bay Controllers
Figure 5.3/5 Application Example: Breaker-and-a-Half Layout with a Bay Controller and 2 Line Protection Devices (Detail for Bay Controller)
5.3

Bay Controllers
[Spannungskanäle, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.3/6 Routing of the Possible Voltage Terminals to the 3 Circuit-Breaker Function Groups
Figure 5.3/6 shows the routing in the "Function Group Connec- The ID number of the measured values are used to select the
tions" editor. All voltages which are considered as a feeder or voltages which are currently operationally attached in a CFC
reference voltage for the synchrocheck are allocated to the chart (Figure 5.3/7).
Vsync1 or Vsync2 inputs.
[CFC, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.3/7 CFC Chart to Select the Synchrocheck Reference Voltages
Use as a Phasor Measurement Unit out using PMUs. Due to the high-precision time synchronization
5.3 (via GPS), the measured values from different substations that
At selected stations of the transmission system, a measurement
are far removed from each other are compared, and conclusions
of current and voltage for absolute value and phase is carried

Bay Controllers
about the system state and dynamic events, such as power fluc- If the ”Phasor Measurement Unit” option is selected, the devices
tuations, are drawn from the phase angles and dynamic curves. determine current and voltage phasors, add high-precision time
stamps and send these together with other measured values
(frequency, rate of change of frequency) via the communication
protocol IEEE C37.118 to an evaluation station, see Figure 5.3/9.
With the aid of the synchrophasor and a suitable analysis
program (for example, SIGUARD PDP), it is possible to automati-
cally detect power swings and trip alarms which for instance are
sent to the network control center.
[dw_zeigermessung_pmu, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.3/8 Principle of the Distributed Phasor Measurement
[dw_struct_WAM, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.3/9 Connecting 3 Phasor Measurement Units with 2 Phasor Data Concentrators (PDCs) SIGUARD PDP
When the PMU function is used, a ”FG PMU” function group is data with the protocol IEEE C37.118 to the selected Ethernet
created in the device. This function group calculates the phasor interface. There, they can be received from one or more clients, 5.3
and analog values, performs time stamping and transmits the

Bay Controllers
saved and processed. Up to 3 IP addresses from clients can be

assigned in the device.
Figure 5.3/10 Application Example: Double Busbar with SIPROTEC 6MD86 Used as a Bay Controller and Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU)
5.3

Bay Controllers

Front Views

Opening in mm (in
Inches)
module)
modules)
modules)
modules)
Figure 5.3/13 Surface Mounting Device with Detached On-Site Opera-
(in Inches)
tion Panel; Dimensions in the Side and Front Views
1/3 device 145 (5.71)
1/2 device 220 (8.66)
2/3 device 295 (11.61)
5/6 device 370 (14.57)
1/1 device 445 (17.52)

Operation Panel; Dimensions in the Side and Front Views
5.3

Bay Controllers
Bay controllers – 6MD86

Housing: Extendable, 1/3 x 19‘‘ to 2/1 x 19‘
Basic function with hardware standard variant 1)
K1: 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO (1 Life, 2S, 6F), 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers 3)

Breaker-and-a-half, Type 1
Breaker-and-a-half, Type 2 (75 function points)
Warranty extension
Communication
Integrated Ethernet interface (RJ45) for DIGSI and IEC 61850
For product configuration and order no., see www.siemens.com/siprotec (SIPROTEC 5 – configuration)
2) Available functional scope according to catalog and function point calculator in order configurator
3) Large display with 16 LEDs and Ethernet module ETH-BO-2EL (electric)
4) Large display with key switch, with 32 LEDs and Ethernet module ETH-BO-2EL (electric)
5.3

Bay Controllers
Description
5.4
and automation device with protection function for railway
applications (one- and two-phase systems with 16.7 Hz rated
frequency). It is designed for use in all voltage levels from
contact wire power supply to power transmission. As a part of
the SIPROTEC 5 family, it allows the use of a large number of
protection functions from the SIPROTEC library. The modular
hardware permits integration of the IOs depending on the appli-
cation. Adapt the hardware exactly to your requirements and
rely on future-oriented system solutions with high investment
security and low operating costs.
Main function Bay controller for railway applications, opti-

mized for 1- and 2-phase systems with 16.7 Hz
rated frequency. Integrated operation and
extensive protection functions are possible.
Powerful automation, simple configuration
with DIGSI 5
[SIP5_OD_o.LED_W3, 1, --_--]
Inputs and outputs 2 predefined standard variants, flexible exten-
sion possible Figure 5.4/1 SIPROTEC 6MD85 Railway Bay Controller (1/3 Device with
Hardware flexibility Flexibly adjustable and expandable I/O quantity 1/6 Expansion Module)
structure within the scope of the SIPROTEC 5
modular system. For great requirements placed • Auxiliary functions for simple tests and commissioning
extended in the second row. For example, 240
• Flexibly adjustable I/O quantity structure within the scope of
(and more) binary inputs are possible with the
the SIPROTEC 5 modular system
IO230 (see SIPROTEC 5 Hardware chapter).
Housing width 1/3 × 19 inch to 2/1 × 19 inch Applications
Functions and automation device with a protection function for railway
applications based on the SIPROTEC 5 system. The device is
DIGSI 5 permits all functions to be configured and combined as
designed for 1- and 2-phase systems with 16.7 Hz rated
required.
frequency. The device supports all SIPROTEC 5 system proper-
• Integrated bay controller, optimized for 1- and 2-phase ties. It enables upgradeable system solutions with high invest-
systems with 16.7 Hz rated frequency ment security and low operating costs.
• Control of switching devices
• Synchrocheck and switchgear interlocking protection
• Fixed integrated electrical Ethernet RJ45 interface for DIGSI 5
and IEC 61850 (reporting and GOOSE)
• Up to 4 pluggable communication modules, usable for
different and redundant protocols (IEC 61850,
IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 60870-5-104, DNP3 (serial and TCP),
Modbus TCP)
• Redundancy protocols PRP and HSR
• Cyber Security as per NERC CIP and BDEW Whitepaper require-
ments
tions in the device
• Optional overcurrent protection for all voltage levels with
2-pole tripping
• Overcurrent protection
• Capturing operational measured variables and protection
function measured values to evaluate the plant state, to
support commissioning, and to analyze faults
• Powerful fault recording (buffer for a max. record time of 20 s
at 8 kHz or 80 s at 2 kHz)

Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 6MD89 – Application Templates
SIPROTEC 6MD89 Standard

5.4
Application Templates
• Double busbar feeder with switchgear interlocking protection
Application templates are available in DIGSI 5 for standard appli- SIPROTEC 6MD89 blank application template
cations. They comprise basic configurations and default
settings. • Blank application template for customer-specific engineering
The following application templates are available:
[dw_6MD89-Application-double-busbar, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.4/2 Application Example: Railway Bay Controller 6MD89 for Double Busbar

Bay Controllers
5.4

Front Views

Opening in mm (in
Inches)
module)
modules)
modules)
modules)
Figure 5.4/5 Surface Mounting Device with Detached On-Site Operation
(in Inches)
Panel; Dimensions in the Side and Front Views
1/3 device 145 (5.71)
1/2 device 220 (8.66)
2/3 device 295 (11.61)
5/6 device 370 (14.57)
1/1 device 445 (17.52)

Operation Panel; Dimensions in the Side and Front Views

Bay Controllers

5.4
Bay controllers – 6MD89

Housing: Extendable, 1/3 x 19‘‘ to 2/1 x 19‘‘
Basic function with hardware standard variant 1) 2)
AB1: 1/3, 11 BI, 9 BO (1 Life, 2S, 6F), 4 current transformers, 4 voltage transformers 3)
AB2: 1/2, 35 BI, 33 BO (1 Life, 26S, 6F), 4 cur.trf., 4 vlt.trf. 4)
Warranty extension
Communication
Integrated Ethernet interface (RJ45) for DIGSI and IEC 61850 without GOOSE
Integrated Ethernet interface (RJ45) for DIGSI, IEC 61850 incl. GOOSE
For product configuration and order no. see www.siemens.com/siprotec (SIPROTEC 5 – configuration)
2) Release scheduled 12/2016
3) Without display, with 16 LEDs and Ethernet module ETH-BA-2EL (electrical)
4) Without display, with 32 LEDs and Ethernet module ETH-BA-2EL (electrical)
Table 5.4/3 SIPROTEC 6MD89 selection and ordering data

Bay Controllers
Description
The SIPROTEC 4 I/O box 6MD61 enables the number of binary
inputs and outputs in the switchgear to be increased easily and 5.5
conveniently. It can be used directly in the bay together with
other SIPROTEC 4 devices and also together with SICAM PAS as a
central process connection.
The I/O box is based on the SIPROTEC devices 6MD63 and
6MD66 and can therefore be easily integrated in systems with
other SIPROTEC 4 devices.
The I/O box supports a broad range of requirements in accord-
ance with additional binary inputs (BI) and binary outputs (BO),
starting at 20 BI + 10 BO up to 80 BI + 53 BO. All important
standard communication protocols are supported. With IEC
GOOSE communication, a direct information exchange with
other SIPROTEC devices is facilitated. For reasons of simplicity
and cost reductions, the I/O box is only available without auto-
[ph_SIPROTEC 6MD61, 1, --_--]
mation (CFC), without operation panel and without display.
Figure 5.5/1 I/O Box SIPROTEC 6MD61
Functions
Configuration in Figure 5.5/2 allows direct GOOSE communica-
Monitoring functions
tion between the SIPROTEC 4 devices (6MD66, 7SJ63) and the
• Operational measured values (only 6MD612) I/O boxes independently of the substation controller. This
• Energy metered value (only 6MD612) configuration is of course also possible without substation
controller. The I/O box is used for additional digital inputs and
• Operating hour counting measurements (measurements only with 6MD612) and serves
• Self-monitoring of the relay as additional command output.
Communication Interfaces
• IEC 61850 Ethernet
• IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
• PROFIBUS FMS
• PROFIBUS DP
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
Product features
• Standard SIPROTEC hardware for simple configuration with [dw_config_with_io-box_in_iec61850, 1, en_US]
DIGSI
Figure 5.5/2 Configuration with I/O Box at an IEC 61850 Substation
• Full electromagnetic compatibility like all other SIPROTEC
devices Communication between I/O box and substation controller is set
• Housing can be used for surface mounting or flush mounting up via the standard protocol IEC 61850. Figure 5.5/3 shows a
(Devices are always supplied with 2 angle rails for surface configuration, in which the I/O box is used as a central process
mounting. For flush mounting, these rails can be removed.) connection in the substation controller cabinet. This way, the
indicator lamps of the cabinet for instance or an audible
• 3 different types of inputs and outputs available.
alarming is controlled by the command relay of the I/O box.
Applications
• Extending the number of inputs and outputs of the bay
controller
• Extending the number of inputs and outputs of the protection
device
• Central process connection for SICAM PAS
Application Examples
The pictures opposite show the most important applications of
the SIPROTEC I/O box 6MD61.

Bay Controllers
SIPROTEC 6MD61 – Application Example
5.5
[dw_io-box_as_central_input-output, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.5/3 I/O Box as Central Input/Output for the SICAM PAS Substa-
tion Controller
Figure 5.5/4 shows the communication for stations without

using an Ethernet protocol. In this case, all communication
connections lead directly to the substation controller. In case
information from the I/O box is used for the switchgear inter-
locking protection, the interlocking logic must be part of the
systems control.
[dw_dir_connec_io-box_and_device, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.5/4 Direct Connection of I/O Boxes and Protection Devices to

the Substation Controller Using Standard Protocol

Bay Controllers
5.5
[dw_6md612_13, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.5/6 Dimensional Drawing: SIPROTEC 6MD612/6MD613 –

Surface-mounting Housing (1/1 Housing)
[dw_6md611, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.5/5 Dimensional Drawing:SIPROTEC 6MD611 – Surface-

mounting Housing (1/2 Housing)

Bay Controllers

5.5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Short code
SIPROTEC 6MD61 6 M D 6 1 □□ - □□ □ □ □ - 0 A A 0 □ □ □
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Digital control device for control and data acquisition ││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
20 binary inputs, 6 command relays, 4 (2)
power relays, 1 life contact (corre- 1│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
sponding to 6MD634) in 1/2 19" housing
33 binary inputs, 14 command relays,
8 (4) power relays, 1 life contact, 2 x
2│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
20 mA, 3 x V, 4 x l (corresponding to
6MD636) in 1/1 19" housing
80 binary inputs, 53 command relays,
3│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 life contact in 1/1 19" housing
Current transformer: rated current IN │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
No analog measured quantities 0 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 A 1) 1 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
5 A 1) 5 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
Auxiliary voltage (power supply, signaling voltage) ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 24 to 48 V, binary input threshold
2││ │ │ │ │ │
DC 1 V 2)
DC 60 V, binary input threshold DC 19 V 2) 3││ │ │ │ │ │
DC 110 V, binary input threshold DC 88 V
2)
4││ │ │ │ │ │
DC 220 to 250 V, DC 115 to 230 V, binary

input threshold DC 176 V for binary input
5││ │ │ │ │ │
no. 8-80 for 6MD613 (C-I/O 4), otherwise
binary input threshold DC 88 V 2)
Design structure ││ │ │ │ │ │
Surface-mounting housing, screw termi-
nals (direct connection/ring-type lugs),
without operation panel flush mounting in F │ │ │ │ │ │
low-voltage box (can also be installed as a
flush mounting device)
Region-specific default settings, function versions and default language settings │ │ │ │ │ │
Region GE, 50 Hz, German language
A │ │ │ │ │
(language can be changed)
Region World, 50/60 Hz, English language
B │ │ │ │ │
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI, American English
C │ │ │ │ │
language (language can be changed)
Region FR, French language (language can
D │ │ │ │ │
be changed)
Region World, 50/60 Hz, Spanish language
E │ │ │ │ │
Continued on next page │ │ │ │ │

Bay Controllers

Continued from previous page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Short code
5.5
SIPROTEC 6MD61 6 MD 6 1 □□ - □□ □ □ □ - 0 A A 0 □ □ □
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
System interfaces (back of device port B) │ │ │ │ │
No system interface 0 │ │ │ │
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical
1 │ │ │ │
RS232
2 │ │ │ │
RS485
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical
3 │ │ │ │
820 nm, ST connector
│ │ │ │ │
DIGSI 4/modem interface (rear side of device) │ │ │ │ │
No interface │ 0 │ │ │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 │ 1 │ │ │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 │ 2 │ │ │
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector │ 3 │ │ │
│ │ │ │ │
For additional protocols, see Appendix L. 9 │ L 0 □
PROFIBUS DP Slave, electrical RS485 │ A
PROFIBUS DP Slave, optical 820 nm,
│ B
double ring, ST connector
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrically
│ R
doubled, RJ45 plug
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, with inte-
grated switch, optical, doubled, LC │ S
connector
DIGSI 4/modem interface (rear side of device) │
No interface 0
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3

(1) Only with position 6 = 2
(2) The thresholds can be changed for each signal input between 19 V and 88 V, for 6MD613 BI no. 8-80 also to 176 V

Bay Controllers
Description
The bay controller 6MD63 is a flexible, easy to operate control
unit. It is optimally matched to medium-voltage applications,
but can also be used in high-voltage switching systems. The bay
5.6 controller 6MD63 has the same design (look and feel) as the
other protection and combination devices of the SIPROTEC 4
device range. The configuration is also executed in a uniform
manner with the easy to operate DIGSI 4 configuration tool.
For operation, a large, graphical display with a keyboard is avail-
able. The most important operating sequences such as
displaying the alarm list or switchgear control take place in a
simple and intuitive way. The operation panel can be mounted
separately from the device if necessary. This provides flexibility
in relation to the device installation location. Integrated key
switches control the switching authority and switching authori-
zation for switching operations without interlocking.
[ph_SIPROTEC 6MD63, 1, --_--]
Functions Figure 5.6/1 Bay Controller SIPROTEC 6MD63

Operating functions
– Front interface for DIGSI 4
• The number of switching devices is only limited by the
number of available inputs and outputs – Time synchronization using IRIG B/DCF77
• Position of the switching elements is shown on the graphical Applications

display
• Switchover between on-site and remote control using key • Optimized for connection to 3-position disconnector switch
switch • Switchgear interlocking protection
• Command derivation from message • Suitable for redundant central systems
• 4 freely usable function keys for accelerating frequently recur- • Automation using a CFC can be easily designed in a graphical
ring operating sequences manner
• Switchgear interlocking protection for all disconnectors and

circuit breakers
• Key switch for switching authority
• Control display
• Measured-value acquisition
• Display and command messages
• P, Q, cos φ (power factor) and counter value calculation
• Indication logging
• Switching statistics
• Operational measured values
• Energy metered values
• Operating hour counting
• Slave pointer
• Self-monitoring of the device
• System interface
– IEC 61850 Ethernet
– Protocol IEC 60870-5-103
– PROFIBUS FMS
– DNP3
– PROFIBUS DP
– MODBUS
– Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)/temperature
recording (RTD unit)

Bay Controllers
5.6
[dw_6md66x_4-3, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.6/4 Dimensional Drawing for Panel Surface Mounting

(Housing Size 1/2)
[dw_6md66x_4-1, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.6/2 Dimensional Drawing: 6MD63 Device for Switch Panel and
Cabinet Flush Mounting (Housing Size 1/2)
[dw_6md66x_4-4, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.6/5 Dimensional Drawing for Panel Surface Mounting

(Housing Size 1/1)
[dw_6md66x_4-2, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.6/3 Dimensional Drawing: 6MD63 Device for Switch Panel and
Cabinet Flush Mounting (Housing Size 1/1)

Bay Controllers
5.6
[dw_6md66x_4-5, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.6/6 Dimensional Drawing: 6MD63 Device (Housing Size 1/2)

for Surface Mounting with Detached On-Site Operation
Panel or without Operation Panel
[dw_6md66x_4-6, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.6/7 Dimensional Drawing: 6MD63 Device (Housing Size 1/1)

for Surface Mounting with Detached On-Site Operation
Panel or without Operation Panel

Bay Controllers

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Short code
Bay controller 6 MD 6 3 □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - □ A A 0 □ □ □ 5.6

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Housing, binary inputs and outputs, measuring transducers ││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Housing 1/2 19", 11 BI, 8 BO, 1 life contact 1│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Housing 1/2 19", 24 BI, 11 BO, 4 power
2│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
relays, 1 life contact
Housing 1/2 19", 20 BI, 11 BO, 2 meas-
uring transducer inputs, 4 power relays, 3│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 life contact
4│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
relays, 1 life contact 5)
5│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
relays, 1 life contact
Housing 1/1 19", 33 BI, 14 BO, 2 meas-
uring transducer inputs, 8 power relays, 6│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 life contact
7│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
relays, 1 life contact 5)
│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Current transformer In │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
No analog measured quantities 0 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 A 2) 1 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
5 A 2) 5 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Auxiliary voltage (power supply, signaling voltage) ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
2││ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 19 V
4││ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 19 V 3)
DC 110 to 250 V, AC 115 to 230 V, binary
5││ │ │ │ │ │ │
input threshold DC 88 V 3)
Design structure ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in
terminal, detached operation panel, flush A │ │ │ │ │ │ │
mounting in low-voltage box
Surface-mounting housing, two-tier
B │ │ │ │ │ │ │
terminal top/bottom
C │ │ │ │ │ │ │
nals (direct connection/ring-type lugs)
Detached operation panel, flush mounting
││ │ │ │ │ │ │
in low-voltage box
Flush-mounting housing, plug-in terminals
D │ │ │ │ │ │ │
(2/3-pole plug)
Flush-mounting housing, screw terminals
E │ │ │ │ │ │ │
(direct connection/ring-type lugs)
F │ │ │ │ │ │ │
nals (direct connection/ring-type lugs)
Not including operation panel, flush
││ │ │ │ │ │ │
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in termi-
nals, not including operation panel, flush G │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Continued on next page ││ │ │ │ │ │ │

Bay Controllers

Bay controller 6 MD 6 3 □□ - □□ □ □ □ - □ A A 0 □ □ □
5.6 ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Region-specific default settings, function versions and default language settings │ │ │ │ │ │ │
A │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, English
B │ │ │ │ │ │
C │ │ │ │ │ │
Region FR, IEC/ANSI, French language
D │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, IEC/ANSI, Spanish language
E │ │ │ │ │ │
System interfaces (rear side of device) │ │ │ │ │ │
No interface 0 │ │ │ │ │
1 │ │ │ │ │
RS232
2 │ │ │ │ │
RS485
3 │ │ │ │ │
For additional protocols, see Appendix L. 9 │ │ L 0 □
│ │ ▲
│ │ │
PROFIBUS DP slave, RS485 │ │ A
PROFIBUS DP slave, optical 820 nm,
│ │ B
double ring, ST connector 1)
Modbus RS485 │ │ D
Modbus, optical 820 nm, ST connector 1) │ │ E
DNP3, RS485 │ │ G
DNP3, optical 820 nm, ST connector 1) │ │ H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrically
│ │ R
doubled, RJ45 plug
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, with inte-
grated switch, optical, double, LC │ │ S
connector 4)
DIGSI/modem interface (rear side of device) │ │
No rear DIGSI interface 0 │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 1 │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 2 │
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3 │
Measuring │
Without slave pointer, mean values,
0
min/max values
Slave pointer, mean values, min/max
2
values
(1) If the 9th position = “B” (surface-mounting housing, two-tier terminals), please order with electrical Ethernet and use an electrical/
optical switch.
(2) The rated current ranges 1/5 A can be adjusted by using jumpers.
(3) The response thresholds can be adjusted between DC 19 V and the DC 88 V for each binary input by using jumpers.

Bay Controllers
Description
The 6MD66 high-voltage bay controller is the control device for
high-voltage bays from the SIPROTEC 4 device series. Thanks to
its integrated functions, it is an optimal cost-effective solution
for high-voltage switchgear. The 6MD66 high-voltage bay
controller also has the same design (look and feel) as the other
protection and combination devices in the SIPROTEC 4 device 5.7
series. It is configured in a uniform manner with the easily oper-
ated DIGSI 4 configuration tool. A large graphic display with a
keyboard is provided for on-site operation. The most important
operating processes such as displaying an alarm list or control-
ling switching devices are performed in a uniform and intuitive
manner. The operation panel can be mounted separately from
the device if necessary. This provides flexibility in relation to the
device installation location. Integrated key switches control the
switching authority and switching authorization for switching
operations without interlocking. Precision measurements (±0.5 [ph_SIPROTEC 6MD66, 1, --_--]
%) of voltage, current and calculated P and Q values are addi-
tional features of the device. Figure 5.7/1 SIPROTEC 6MD66 High-Voltage Bay Controller
Functions – PROFIBUS FMS/DP

– Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Integrated synchrocheck for synchronous switching-on of the
circuit breaker – Front interface for DIGSI 4
– Time synchronization via IRIG-B/DCF77
• Switch-related protection functions (circuit-breaker failure
protection 50BF, automatic reclosing 79) Communication
• Automation using a CFC can be easily designed in a graphical With regard to the communication between the components,
manner the focus is on the functions of SIPROTEC 4 that are necessary
• Flexible, powerful measured-value processing for power automation:
• Connection for 4 voltage transformers, 3 current transformers • Every data element is provided with time information at its
and two 20 mA measuring transducers source, that is, where it originates.
• Signal volume for high voltage • Information is labeled according to its origin (for example,
whether a command originates "on-site" or "remotely").
• Up to fourteen 1,5-pole circuit breakers can be operated
• Up to eleven 2-pole switching devices can be operated • The feedback for switching processes is associated with the
commands.
• Up to 65 signaling inputs, up to 45 command relays • The communication automatically handles the transmission of
• Can be supplied in 3 versions (signal volume): as 6MD662 large data blocks such as file transfers.
device (35 indications, 25 commands), 6MD663 device
(50 indications, 35 commands) or 6MD664 device (65 indica- • To ensure reliable execution of the command, the signal in
question is first confirmed in the unit that executes the
tions, 45 commands); number of measured values is the same
command. Feedback is output once the command has been
• Switchgear interlocking protection activated (for example, an interlocking check, target = actual
• Inter-device communication with other devices in the 6MD66 check) and executed.
device series, independently of a connection to the network In addition to the communication interfaces on the rear wall of
control center the device, which are designed according to the customer’s
• Suitable for redundant network control centers requirements, there is an RS232 interface on the front side for
connecting DIGSI. It is used for quick diagnosis and for loading
• Display of the operational measured values of V, I, P, Q, S, f, parameters. DIGSI 4 reads out the entire status of the device
cos φ (power factor) (1-phase and 3-phase measurement)
online and presents it online. That facilitates diagnosis and
• Limiting values for measured values documentation considerably.
• Can be supplied both in the standard housing for cabinet flush
mounting and with a separate display for free placement of
the control elements
• 4 freely usable function keys for accelerating frequently recur-
ring operating processes
• System interface
– IEC 61850 Ethernet
– Protocol IEC 60870-5-103

Bay Controllers
Applications
Communication
With regard to the communication between the components,
the focus is on the functions of SIPROTEC 4 that are necessary
for power automation
5.7 • Every data element is provided with time information at its

source, that is, where it originates
• Information is labeled according to its origin (for example,
whether a command originates "on-site" or "remotely")
• The feedback for switching processes is associated with the [dw_con_diagram_CB, 1, en_US]
commands
Figure 5.7/3 2-pole Connection Diagram for Circuit Breakers and
• The communication automatically handles the transmission of Disconnectors
large data blocks such as file transfers
• To ensure reliable execution of the command, the signal in You´ll find further information under www.siemens.com/
question is first confirmed in the unit that executes the siprotec
command. Feedback is output once the command has been
activated (for example, an interlocking check, target = actual
check) and executed.
In addition to the communication interfaces on the rear wall of
the device, which are designed according to the customer’s
requirements, there is an RS232 interface on the front side for
connecting DIGSI. It is used for quick diagnosis and for loading
parameters. DIGSI 4 reads out the entire status of the device
online and presents it online. That facilitates diagnosis and
documentation considerably.
Control
The bay controllers in the 6MD66 series have command outputs
and signaling inputs oriented specifically to the requirements of
high-voltage technology. The 2-pole control of a switching
device is shown as an example (see Figure 5.7/2). In this
example, two poles of the circuit breaker are switched on and
1 pole is off. All the other switching devices (disconnector,
grounding conductor) are switched on and off with 1,5-poles. A
maximum of 14 switching devices can be controlled in this
manner.
[dw_con_diagram_switching, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.7/2 Connection Diagram of the Switching Devices (Circuit

Breaker 2-pole ON, 1-pole OFF; Disconnector/Grounding
Conductor 1½-pole)
Complete 2-pole control of all switching devices is therefore

possible (see Figure 5.7/3). However, more contacts are
required for this. A maximum of 11 switching devices can be
controlled in this manner.

Bay Controllers
5.7
[dw_6md66_dim_panel-flush, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.7/4 Dimensional Drawing: 6MD66x Device for Switch Panel

and Cabinet Flush Mounting
[dw_6md66_dim_surface, 1, en_US]
Figure 5.7/5 Dimensional Drawing: 6MD66x Device for Surface

Mounting with/without a Detached Operation Panel

Bay Controllers

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Short code
6MD66 bay controller 6 M D 6 6 2 □ - □□ □ □ □ - 0 □ □ □ □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
5.7 Processor module with power supply; input/output modules with a total of 35 single-
point indications, 22 single-pole single commands (can be combined into 2-pole
commands and double commands); 3 single commands connected to common poten-
│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
tial, 1 life contact, use as make contact or break contact possible (selectable via
jumper); 3 x current, 4 x voltage via converter direct inputs, 2 measuring transducer
inputs (20 mA)
Current transformer IN │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
1A 1 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 A / 150 % IN 2 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 A / 200 % IN 3 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
5:00 AM 5 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
5 A / 150 % IN 6 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
5 A / 200 % IN 7 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Auxiliary voltage (power supply, signaling voltage) ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 24 V to 48 V, binary input threshold
2││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
19 V
DC 60 V, binary input threshold 19 V 2) 3││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 110 V, binary input threshold 88 V 1) 4││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
5││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 176 V 1
Design structure ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Flush-mounting housing, with integrated
on-site operation (graphic display,
D │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
keyboard), plug-in terminals (2/3-pole
AMP connectors)
Flush-mounting housing, with integrated
on-site operation (graphic display,
E │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
keyboard), screw terminals (direct connec-
tion/ring-type lugs)
Region-specific default settings, function versions and default language settings │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
A │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
B │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
C │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, 50/60 Hz, French language
D │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, 50/60 Hz, Spanish language
E │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Continued on next page │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │

(1) Not for double PROFIBUS DP (11th position = 9 and short code L1A)
(2) The thresholds for each signal input can be changed between DC 19 V, 88 V and 176 V by using jumpers

Bay Controllers

6 MD 6 6 2 □ - □□ □ □ □ - 0 □ □ □ □ □ □
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
System interfaces on rear side of device (interface B) │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
No interface 0 │ │ │ │ │ │ │ 5.7
2 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
RS485
3 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
For additional protocols, see Appendix L │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
PROFIBUS DP slave, electrical RS485 9 │ │ │ │ L 0 A
PROFIBUS DP slave, optical, double ring,
9 │ │ │ │ L 0 B
ST connector
PROFIBUS DP slave, double, electrical
9 │ │ │ │ L 1 A
RS485 (second module on port D)
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical,
9 │ │ │ │ L 0 R
double, RJ45 connector
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical,
double LC connector with integrated 9 │ │ │ │ L 0 S
switch
Function interface (rear side of device) │ │ │ │
No interface 0 │ │ │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232, interface C 1 │ │ │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 or measured
2 │ │ │
value box connection, interface C
Measured value box on interface C and
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector, 3 │ │ │
interface D 1)
With RS485 interface for inter-device
4 │ │ │
communication, interface C
With RS485 interface for inter-device
communication, interface C and DIGSI 4
5 │ │ │
optical, 820 nm, ST connector, interface D
1)
Measured-value processing │ │ │
With full measured-value processing and
A │ │
display
No measured-value processing, no meas-
F │ │
ured-value display 3)
Synchronization │ │
With synchronization A │
Without synchronization F │
Protection functionality │
Without 0
With automatic reclosing (AREC),
1
including fault record
With circuit-breaker failure protection
2
(SVS), including fault record
With automatic reclosing (AREC) and
circuit-breaker failure protection (SVS) 3
With fault record functionality 4
(2) The thresholds for each signal input can be changed between DC 19, 88 and 176 V by using jumpers
(3) Only for 16th position = 0 or 4 (no protection functions)

Bay Controllers

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Continued from previous page 6 M D 6 6 □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - 0 □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
5.7 Processor module with power supply; input/output modules with a total of 50 single-point
indications, 32 single-pole single commands (can be combined into 2-pole commands and
double commands); 3 single commands connected to common potential, 1 life contact, use as 3 │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
make contact or break contact possible (adjustable via jumper); 3 x current, 4 x voltage via
converter direct inputs, 2 measuring transducer inputs (20 mA)
Processor module with power supply; input/output modules with a total of 65 single-point
indications, 42 single-pole single commands (can be combined into 2-pole commands and
double commands); 3 single commands connected to common potential, 1 life contact, use as 4 │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
make contact or break contact possible (adjustable via jumper); 3 x current, 4 x voltage via
converter direct inputs, 2 measuring transducer inputs (20 mA)
Current transformer IN │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
1A 1 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 A / 150 % IN 2 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
1 A / 200 % IN 3 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
5A 5 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
5 A / 150 % IN 6 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
5 A / 200 % IN 7 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
Auxiliary voltage (power supply, signaling voltage) ││ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 24 V to 48 V, binary input threshold 19 V 1) 2 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 60 V, binary input threshold 19 V 1) 3 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 110 V, binary input threshold 88 V 1) 4 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
5 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 176 V1)
Design structure │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Surface-mounting housing, detached opera-
tion panel, installation in low voltage box, A │ │ │ │ │ │
plug-in terminals (2/3-pole AMP connectors)
tion panel, installation in low voltage box, B │ │ │ │ │ │
tion panel, installation in low voltage box,
C │ │ │ │ │ │
screw-type terminal (direct connection/ring-
type lugs)
Flush-mounting housing, with integrated on-
site operation (graphic display, keyboard), D │ │ │ │ │ │
Flush-mounting housing, with integrated on-
site operation (graphic display, keyboard),
E │ │ │ │ │ │
screw terminals (direct connection/ring-type
lugs)
Surface-mounting housing without operation
panel, installation in low voltage box, screw-
F │ │ │ │ │ │
type terminals (direct connection/ring-type
lugs)
Continued on next page │ │ │ │ │ │

(1) The thresholds for each signal input can be changed between DC 19 V, 8 V or 176 V by using jumpers

Bay Controllers

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Short code
Continued from previous page 6 MD 6 6 □□ - □□ □ □ □ - 0 □ □ □ □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Region-specific default settings, function versions and default language settings │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region GE, 50 Hz, German language 5.7
A │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
B │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region USA (ANSI) 60 Hz, American
English language (language can be C │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
changed)
Region World, 50/60 Hz, French language
D │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, 50/60 Hz, Spanish
E │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
System interfaces on rear side of device (interface B) │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
No system interface 0 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
2 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
RS485
3 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
PROFIBUS DP slave, RS485 9 │ │ │ │ │ │ │
For additional protocols, see Appendix L │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
│ │ │ │ │ L 0 A
PROFIBUS DP slave, double, electrical 9 │ │ │ │ L 1 A
RS485 (second module on port D)
PROFIBUS DP slave, optical 820 nm, 9 │ │ │ │ L 0 B
double ring, ST connector
PROFIBUS DP slave, double, optical double 9 │ │ │ │ L 1 B
ring ST (second module on port D)
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrically 9 │ │ │ │ L 0 R
doubled, RJ45 plug
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, 9 │ │ │ │ L 0 S
double, LC connector with integrated
switch
Continued on next page │ │ │ │

Bay Controllers

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 11 12 13 14 15 16
0
Continued from previous page 6 M D 6 6 □ □ - □ □ □ □ □ - 0 □ □ □

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
5.7 Function interface (rear side of device) │ │ │ │
No interface 0 │ │ │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232, interface C 1 │ │ │
DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 or measured value 2 │ │ │
box connection, interface C
Measured value box on interface C and DIGSI
3 │ │ │
4, optical 820 nm, ST connector, interface D 1)
With RS485 interface for inter-device commu-
4 │ │ │
nication, interface C
With RS485 interface for inter-device commu-
nication, interface C and DIGSI 4 optical, 5 │ │ │
820 nm, ST connector, interface D 1)
Measured-value processing │ │ │
With full measured-value processing and
A │ │
display
No measured-value processing, no measured-
F │ │
value display 2)
Synchronization │ │
With synchronization A │
Without synchronization F │
Protection functionality │
Without 0
With automatic reclosing (AREC), including
1
fault record
With circuit-breaker failure protection (SVS),
2
With automatic reclosing (AREC) and circuit-
breaker failure protection (SVS) including fault 3
record
With fault record functionality 4

(2) Only for 16th position = 0 or 4 (no protection functions)

SICAM A8000 Series – Description
Description
The SICAM A8000 series is a new modular range of devices for
telecontrol and automation applications in all areas of energy
supply. During development of the range of devices, require-
ments for a wide field of applications were taken into account.
The most important properties at a glance:
• Utilization also in harsh ambient temperatures due to the
extended temperature range of -40 °C to +70 °C
• Also suitable for direct use in switchgear due to the increased
EMC hardness up to 5 kV (IEC 60255)
6.1
• Easy engineering with the integrated Web parameterization
tool
• Fulfills the high Cyber Security requirements by means of an
integrated crypto chip and IPSec encryption
• Security of investment due to the use of international stand-
ards such as IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-101/-103/-104
[SICAM A8000 CP-8000, 1, --_--]
• The modular platform offers diverse application options and Figure 6.1/1 SICAM A8000 CP-8000 with Expansion Modules
reduces warehousing
• Adaptation to existing communication infrastructures with a Functions
multitude of interfaces and the integrated GPRS module
The functionalities of the 3-stage intelligence are also available
• The integrated short-circuit indicator functionality allows use with the SICAM A8000 series:
in power system monitoring
• Time and cost saving thanks to easy installation and mainte- • Monitoring In the first stage, the focus is on monitoring the
stations to allow rapid fault localization and high availability
nance – plug-and-play
• Automation functions (IEC 61131-3), for example, to control a • Telecontrol: In addition to monitoring, the second stage also
contains the telecontrol facility of the switchgear and allows a
variable urban network transformer or to control power flow
considerable reduction in down times. Hence Fault Isolation
• Space-saving design with a module width of 30 mm (in the and Service Restoration of the dead network sections no
case of CP, without display) longer represent difficult tasks for the network suppliers.
• Scalable due to ability to combine of the individual I/O • Load flow control: In the third stage, the effects of decentral-
modules ized infeed are managed by means of automation. Network
losses can thus be considerably reduced.
Communication inter- • 2 x Ethernet LAN TCP/IP10/100BASE-TX For further information see Fields of application, Page 42 .
faces and protocols • 1 x RS232, 1 x RS485 (galvanically sepa-
rated)
• IEC 60870-5-101/-103/-104, Modbus RTU
• IEC 61850 Ed1/Ed2 client & server
• DNP3 serial, TCP/IP
Operation and display • 4 function keys
• Display (128 x 96 pixels), power, ready and
error LED, status LEDs for the communica-
tion interfaces
Real-time clock ±2 ppm, time synchronization by means of
SNTP
EMC hardness IEC 60870-2-1, IEC 61010, IEC 60255-5,
IEC 61000-4, EN 55022, CE marking
IT security IPSec, radius, syslog, https, SNMPV3
Auxiliary voltage DC 18 V to 60 V
Inputs and outputs • 12 galvanically separated digital inputs
(DC 24 V to 60 V)
• 8 digital outputs
• Max. 116 I/Os with expansion modules
(max. 6 modules)
Temperature range From -40 °C to +70 °C
Housing specification • Insulated housing for DIN rail mounting
(base device) • Dimensions:
128 x 124 x 123 mm (W/H/D)
• Degree of protection: IP20, front IP40
Table 6.1/1 SICAM A8000 CP-8000

SICAM SGU – Description
Description
The harmonization of supply and consumption is a challenge on
a market with a continuously growing energy demand and a
great number of distributed energy resources. Even extremely
modern management systems require numerous bay devices for
monitoring and controlling the process level. These devices
must be compact and cost-efficient and must ensure a secure
communication interface even at remote locations.
SICAM SGU 7XV5676 has secure and wireless Ethernet commu-
nication for connecting to an energy management system. It
can be used for a wide variety of Smart Grid applications such as
demand response, as a DER controller for virtual power plants,
for renewable integration in micro grids or as a small RTU.
6.2
SICAM SGU is based on a high performance and upgradeable
hardware and software platform and is designed as a binary
input/output device for substations and rough requirements in
the industrial field. SICAM SGU is prepared for current and
future requirements. The SICAM I/O-Unit is parameterized easily [ph_SICAM_SGU_W3, 1, --_--]
with a standard web browser from a PC, which is connected via
an Ethernet interface. No special tool is necessary. Figure 6.2/1 SICAM SGU
Due to the use of the open and secure OpenADR communication Temperature range From -25 °C to +70 °C
protocol, SICAM SGU can be used as a bay device in Demand
Response Management Systems (DRMS). The OpenADR protocol
Protocols, communica- • Electrical RJ45 Ethernet interface
tion (100 Base-TX)
is a Smart Grid standard, which is continually receiving greater
• HTTP server, incl. password protection
worldwide acceptance and in which Siemens is a key partici- • SNTP client for time synchronization
pant.
The SICAM SGU can be used with an integrated GPRS interface
remotely from the connection and for energy resources with
distributed locations. The SICAM SGU offers a cost-effective
alternative to expensive optical fiber installations and separate
configuration of an external router. The SICAM SGU supports the
most widespread global 2G communication standard, GSM/
GPRS, and is perfectly adapted to the bandwidth necessary for
IEC 60870-5-104. A VPN connection based on IPSec offers your
application a secure route with the possibility of inserting nodes.
• Variant 1
7XV5676-0JJ00-7AA1 6 BI/6 BO
– OpenADR 2.0a with integrated security TLS
– Power supply: DC 24 V to 250 V ±20 % and DC 100 V to
230 V, 45 to 65 Hz
• Variant 2
7XV5676-1JJ70-8AA2 6 BI/6 BO
7XV5676-1JL70-8AA2 3 BI/3 BO/2 AI/2 AO
Inputs/outputs and • EMC-hardened binary inputs with adjustable

LEDs response voltage threshold (DC 19 V, 88 V
or 176 V) for different station battery
voltages
• Command relay outputs with secure contact
status after connection failure – adjustable
• Signal/alarm outputs 4 LEDs
• 0 mA to 20 mA analog inputs/outputs
Housing • Plastic for DIN rail mounting
• Dimensions:
96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm (WxHxD)
• Protection class: IP20
Standards CE, UL, IEC 60255, IEEE 61000

SICAM SGU – Dimensional Drawings
Dimensional Drawing
6.2
[dw_dimensional-draw_sicam-sgu, 1, en_US]
Figure 6.2/2 Dimensions SICAM SGU

SICAM SGU – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM SGU (Smart Grid Unit) Power supply: DC 24 V to 240 V 7 X V 5 6 7 6 - 0 J J 0 0 - 7 A A 1

DIN rail device, IP20 AC 100 to 230 V
Dimensions (WxHxD): Digital input and output (6 BI/6 BO)
96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm Protocol OpenADR 2.0
Web server for parameterization UL Approval
Ethernet Interface RJ45 connector
This SICAM SGU variant can be used as a digital I/O unit for distributed energy resources. 7 X V 5 6 7 6 - □ J J 7 0 - 8 A A 2
Digital input and output (6 BI/6 BO) ▲
Integrated GPRS │ 6.2
IEC 104 protocol │
With IPSec │
Power supply: DC 24 V 1
│
Set with power supply 2
SITOP PSU100C
(AC 120 V to 230 V, DC 110 V to 300 V)
This SICAM SGU variant can be used as a compact RTU for distributed energy resources. 7 X V 5 6 7 6 - □ J L 7 0 - 8 A A 2
Digital I/O (3 BI/3 BO) ▲
Analog I/O (2 AI/2 AO) │
Integrated GPRS │
IEC 104 protocol │
With IPSec │
Power supply: DC 24 V 1
│
Set with power supply 2
SITOP PSU100C
(AC 120 V to 230 V, DC 110 V to 300 V)
Table 6.2/1 SICAM SGU Selection and Ordering Data

SIPROTEC 7SC80 – Description
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SC80 distribution system protection is used for
protection and automatic functions in feeders with a grounded,
low-impedance grounded, isolated or compensated neutral
point design. Protection functions can be configured flexibly;
the user can create up to 20 additional protection functions
specifically for his requirements. The selectable protection func-
tions are presented in the table on the following page. Primary
switching devices such as grounding conductors, disconnector
switches and load switches/circuit breakers can be monitored.
Automation and programming functions are also implemented
in the device With the integrated programmable logic (CFC), the
user can implement his own functions such as automation of a
bay, (interlocking, load shedding programs). Users can also
create user-defined indications. The device and communication
6.3 firmware can also be upgraded via Ethernet.
Special features
• Support of applications for distribution automation
• Designed for harsh environmental conditions
• Extended temperature range from -50 °C to 85 °C [SIPROTEC_7SC80_W3, 1, --_--]
• Flexible communication possibilities, for example for radio Figure 6.3/1 SIPROTEC 7SC80 Front View with HMI
transmission specifically for feeder automation
• Built-in GPS module or IRIG/B for time synchronization Benefits
• Remote access for firmware and parameter updates • Fast fault location detection
• Meets security requirements of the BDEW Isolation of the faulty feeder section
Supply restoration to healthy sections of the feeder
• The web-based HMI allows complete remote control and tele-
monitoring of the device • Support and advanced programming functions for feeder
automation applications
• 9 freely programmable function keys
• 6-line display • Pluggable terminals with integrated 2-pole cross connectors
• Integrated switch for cost-effective and redundant optical ring • Data transmission up to 24 km with single-mode cable, up to
4 km with multi-mode cable
feeders; for electrical modules, this can be used for directly
cascading (concatenating) devices • Flexible communication possibilities, for example for radio
transmission specifically for feeder automation
• Communication protocols running in parallel
• Redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR for maximum availa- • Built-in GPS module for time synchronization and location
detection
bility
• Current jump detection • Complete remote control and telemonitoring as well as firm-
ware upgrades
• Expanded programming functions • The web-based HMI allows complete remote control and tele-
• Single-mode interface for 24 km monitoring of the device
• RTU version without protection function • Battery supervision and management
• Plug-in connections
• Secondary current transformer values (1 A/5 A) adjustable
with DIGSI
• Back-up battery can be replaced without opening the device
• USB front interface
• Inter-device communication via Ethernet with IEC 61850
GOOSE
• Stainless steel housing for flush mounting or surface
mounting
• Millisecond-accurate time synchronization via Ethernet with
SNTP
• Inputs for small-signal current and voltage transformers
according to IEC 61869-6 (previously IEC 60044-7 and
IEC 60044-8).

SIPROTEC 7SC80 – Function Overview
Overview of Functions
Protection functions IEC standard ANSI standard

Overcurrent protection (independent; dependent) I>, I>>, I>>>, IE>, IE>>, IE>>>; Ip, IEp 50, 50N; 51, 51N
Directional time-overcurrent protection Iger.>, Iger.>>, Ip ger. 67
Sensitive ground-fault protection IE ger.>, IE ger.>>, IEp ger. 67N
Directional/non-directional sensitive ground-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp 67Ns, 50Ns
Overvoltage, zero-sequence system VI, VO> 59N
High-impedance ground-fault differential protection 87N
Inrush-current detection
Trip-circuit supervision AKU 74TC
Undercurrent monitoring I<, P< 37
Overload protection ϑ> 49
Undervoltage/overvoltage protection: V<, V> 27/59
Underfrequency/overfrequency protection f<, f> 81o/V 6.3
Circuit-breaker failure protection LSCS 50BF

Voltage-controlled overcurrent protection 51V
Unbalanced-load protection I2> 46
Phase-sequence supervision V2>, rotating field 47
Synchrocheck 25
Automatic reclosing 79
Fault locator FO FL
Locked OFF/lockout
Active power/reactive power P<>, Q<> 32
Power factor cos ϕ 55
Frequency change df/dt 81R
Voltage change dV/dt 27R, 59R
Table 6.3/1 Overview of Functions
Control functions/programmable logic Hardware

• Control commands for circuit breakers and disconnector • 4 current transformers
switches
• 1/4 voltage transformers
• Control via keypad, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or SCADA system • 12 binary inputs
• User-specific PLC logic with CFC (for example interlocking) • 8 binary outputs
• 1 life contact
• Operational measured values such as V, I, f • Pluggable current and voltage terminal blocks
• Work measured values Wp, Wq • Connection option for small-signal current and voltage trans-
• Min/max values formers
• Circuit-breaker wear monitoring

Applications
• Fuse failure monitoring
The SIPROTEC 7SC80 distribution system protection is a digital
• 8 fault records
protection device that also carries out control and monitoring
• Trip-circuit supervision tasks. This supports economical management by the user and
Communication interfaces and protocols ensures reliable supplying of customers with electrical energy
• Ethernet electrical and optical (multimode or singlemode) The device operation was designed according to economic
aspects. A great deal of value was placed on a very legible
• IEC 61850 Edition 1 and 2 display and large function keys. Numerous conditions and
• DNP3 TCP alarms can be displayed with the 32 LEDs.
• PROFINET Control
• IEC 60870-5-104 The integrated control function makes it possible to control
• Ethernet redundancy protocols RSTP, PRP and HSR disconnectors and circuit breakers via the integrated operation
• USB front interface for DIGSI 4 panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or systems control (for example
SICAM).
• Serial DNP3 RS485 module

SIPROTEC 7SC80 – Applications
Programmable Logic Transformer protection

The integrated logic functionality allows the user, with a graph- As a supplement to a transformer differential protection, the
ical user interface, to implement functions of his own for auto- devices also perform all the tasks for backup protection. Inrush-
mating his switching cell (interlocking), switchgear or a distribu- current detection effectively prevents pickup due to inrush
tion network theater and to generate user-defined indications. currents The high impedance ground fault differential protec-
tion detects short circuits and insulation faults on the trans-
Operational measured values
former.
Extensive operational measured values, limiting values and
Backup protection
metered values allow an improved operation management and
simplified commissioning. The SIPROTEC 7SC80 devices can be universally used as backup
protection.
Operational indications
High-voltage and medium-voltage switchgear
The operation is documented with traceability due to the
storage of fault indications, error messages, fault datasets and All devices optimally fit the requirements of high-voltage and
statistics. medium-voltage applications. Separate measuring devices (for
example for current, voltage, frequency, measuring transducers)
6.3 Line protection
or additional control components are usually not necessary in
The SIPROTEC 7SC80 devices are used as line protection for the switchgear cabinets.
high-voltage and medium-voltage power systems with
grounded, low-impedance grounded, isolated or compensated
neutral point design
[dw_appl_dia_funct-7SC80, 1, en_US]
Figure 6.3/2 Functional Scope of SIPROTEC 7SC80

SIPROTEC 7SC80 – Dimensional Drawing
Dimensional Drawing
6.3
[dw_7sc80_dimention, 1, en_US]
Figure 6.3/3 Dimension SIPROTEC 7SC80

SIPROTEC 7SC80 – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
SIPROTEC 7SC80 7 S C 8 0 ☐☐ - ☐☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ - ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ - ☐ ☐ ☐
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
││ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Base device 6│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Housing, 12 BI, 8 BO, 1 life contact 2│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Housing, 20 BI, 15 BO, 1 life contact, 2 x V
1)4)
3│ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Measuring inputs │ ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
3 x I LPS/LoPo, 1 x V2) 1 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
4 x I 1 A/5 A, 1 x V 2 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
6.3 3 x I LPS/LoPo, 4 x V2) 3 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
4 x I 1 A/5 A, 4 x V 4 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
3 x I 1 A/5 A, 1 x Iee (sensitive) = 0.001 A
5 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
to 1.6 A/0.005 A to 8 A, 1 x V
3 x I 1 A/5 A, 1 x Iee (sensitive) = 0.001 A
6 ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
to 1.6 A/0.005 Ato 8 A, 4 x V
Auxiliary voltage (power supply) ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 60 V to 250 V, AC 115 V, AC 230 V 1││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 24 V/48 V 2││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 24 V/48 V, battery monitoring 3││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Design structure ││ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Surface mounting variant without HMI A │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Surface mounting/flush mounting variant B │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
with HMI
Surface mounting variant with detached C │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
HMI
Region-specific configuration and default language settings │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region GE, IEC, German language
A │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, IEC/ANSI, English language
B │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region US, ANSI, American English
C │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, IEC/ANSI, French language
D │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, IEC/ANSI, Spanish language
E │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Region World, IEC/ANSI, Russian language
G │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
│ │ │ │ │
Table 6.3/2 SIPROTEC 7SC80 Selection and Ordering Data


Continued from preceding page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
SIPROTEC 7SC80 7 S C 8 0 ☐☐ - ☐☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ - ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ - ☐ ☐ ☐
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
System interface │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
No assembly 0 │ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
100 Mbit Ethernet, electric, 2 x RJ45 plugs 9 │ │ │ │ │ L │ R
100 Mbit Ethernet, with integrated switch,
optical, double, 2 x LC connector, multi- 9 │ │ │ │ │ L │ S
mode
100 Mbit Ethernet, with integrated switch,
optical, double, 2 x LC connector, single- 9 │ │ │ │ │ L │ T
mode, 24 km
Protocol for the system interface │ │ │ │ │ │
6.3
IEC 61850 │ │ │ │ │ 0
IEC 61850 + DNP3 TCP │ │ │ │ │ 2
IEC 61850 + PROFINET IO3) │ │ │ │ │ 3
IEC 61850 + IEC 60870-5-104 │ │ │ │ │ 4
DNP3, electrical RS485 9 │ │ │ │ │ L 6 G
│ │ │ │ │
Additional interfaces │ │ │ │ │
No assembly 0 │ │ │ │
IRIG-B module, optical 6 │ │ │ │
GPS module 7 │ │ │ │
Functionality packages, see next page │ │ │ │

(1) Only with position 7 = 3, 4 or 6
(2) The sensors mentioned in the chapter "SICAM FCM" can be used; if used for protection purposes, usability must be appropriately
checked.
(3) Only in connection with 100 Mbit Ethernet module, electrical or multimode
(4) Presumably available starting June 2017


Continued from preceding page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SIPROTEC 7SC80 7 S C 8 0 ☐ ☐ - ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ - 3 F ☐ ☐
▲ ▲
Functionality packages │ │
ANSI no. Base package A A │
Overcurrent protection XMZ phase I>, I>>,
50/51 │
I>>>, Ip
Normal ground-fault protection, overcurrent
50N/51N protection to ground IGnd>, IGnd>>, IGnd │
>>>, IGndp
Sensitive ground-fault/normal ground-fault
50N(s)/51N(s) │
protection IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp4)
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection │
6.3
46 Unbalanced-load protection │
49 Overload protection │
High-impedance ground-fault differential
87N │
protection3)
74TC Trip-circuit supervision │
37 Undercurrent monitoring │
51c Dynamic pickup value switching │
81HBL2 Inrush-current detection │
86 Locked OFF/lockout │
60CTS Current transformer monitoring │
Jump detection monitoring with the delta
│
measuring method
Parameter set switching │
Monitoring functions │
Circuit-breaker control │
Flexible protection functions (characteristic
│
key values from current)
Underfrequency/overfrequency, f<, f> │
with fault recording, with average calculation,
│
with min/max values
ANSI no. Base package B (includes A) 1) B │
Directional addition for overcurrent protec-
67 │
tion, phase stages, I>, I>>, I>>>, IGndp
Directional addition for overcurrent protec-
67N tion, ground stages, IGnd>, IGnd>>, I>>>, │
IGndp
Directional sensitive ground-fault protection/
67N(s) normal ground-fault protection IEE>, IEE>>, │
IEEp4)
27/59 Undervoltage/overvoltage │
81 U/O Underfrequency/overfrequency (f<, f>) │
25 Synchrocheck │
47 Rotating field direction │
64/59N Residual voltage │
60VTS Voltage transformer monitoring │
32/55/81R Flexible protection functions (characteristic │
key values from current and voltage): Voltage │
protection, power protection, power factor
│
protection, frequency change protection
Base package N, see next page


Continued from preceding page 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SIPROTEC 7SC80 7 S C 8 0 ☐ ☐ - ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ ☐ - 3 F ☐ ☐
▲ ▲
Base package N (includes R)2) 5) │ │
SNTP server function (master), no protection
N │
functions
Base package R 2) │ │
Telecontrol functions, no protection functions R │
Additional functions │
Without 0
79 With AREC 1
21FL With fault locator1) 2
79/21FL With AREC, with fault locator 1) 3 6.3
79/TS With AREC, with 1/3-pole operation 4
With AREC, with 1/3-pole operation, with fault
79/TS/21FL 5
locator 1)

(1) Only with position 7 = 3, 4 or 6
(3) 87N (REF) only available with sensitive ground-current input (position 7 = 5 or 6)
(4) Depending on the ground-current input, the function operates either as sensitive ground-fault protection (sensitive input) or as
normal ground-fault protection (normal input)

6.3

Short-Circuit Indicator
SICAM FCM – Description
Description
The SICAM FCM (Feeder Condition Monitor) is a short-circuit
indicator and ground-fault indicator with directional indication
that operates with protection algorithms and low-power sensor
technology in conformity with IEC 60044. Alternatively, the
SICAM FCM and also be connected to a capacitive voltage tap
and thus allows economical directional fault detection in the
cable network. SICAM FCM additionally offers the possibility of
providing up-to-date measured values via the integrated
Modbus RTU interface and thus ensuring a precise assessment
of the distribution system.
Benefits
• Usable in grounded, isolated and arc-suppression-coil-ground
systems.
• Integrated power flow direction indicator.
• Directional short-circuit and sensitive ground-fault detection [ph_SICAM_FCM, 1, --_--]
• Cost savings due to precise and fast fault localization Figure 7.1/1 SICAM FCM
7.1
• Selective fault information with directional indication as a
basis for "self-healing" applications Measured quantities
• Resupply times in the minute or second range (depending on • RMS measured values
primary equipment) allow minimum power system outages
and minimum ultimate consumer payment losses • Phase-to-ground voltages and currents, ground current,
power frequency and cos j, phase angle, active power, reac-
• Up-to-date measured values for operation and planning tive power and apparent power
support the focused use of investment funds in power system
planning and expansion • Energy meter
• Direct voltage measurement in low-voltage power systems • 15-minute to 1-year minimum and maximum values for all
phase currents as slave-pointer functions
• Use of low-power sensors and high quality measurement
technology with a high measuring accuracy Auxiliary voltage
• Alternatively: Designed for connection to capacitive voltage • AC 230 V

testing systems • DC 24 V to 110 V
• Flexible sensitive ground-fault detection starting from 0.4 A • Battery with lifetime > 15 years
• Telecontrol parameterization via SICAM A8000 and Modbus Time synchronization
• Self-test function of the communication link • Time synchronization via Modbus RTU
Functions Inputs
The SICAM FCM is the first short-circuit indicator that supports • 3 inputs for alternating voltage selectively adjustable for
standards-compliant sensors according to IEC 60044-7/-8. This 100 V/√, low-power sensors with 3.25 V/√3 (according to
allows high-precision measurement without calibration and IEC 60044-7) or 3 direct inputs for AC 230 V
adjustments to the primary values. • Alternatively: 3 inputs for connection to LRM voltage testing
Device characteristics systems (according to IEC 61243-5)
Communication • 3 inputs for AC low-power sensors with 225 mV at rated

current (according to IEC 60044-8), the rated primary current
• RS485 interface including Modbus RTU communication for all is adjustable in SICAM FCM from 50 A to 1000 A; L2 current
information and for remote parameterization/firmware input selectively configured for sensitive ground-fault detec-
updates, PC programming as an alternative. tion with low-power sensor with 225 mV at rated current
Indications (according to IEC 60044-8), the rated primary current is
adjustable in SICAM FCM
• Display for presenting up-to-date measured values and fault
information in the power distribution system, 4 function keys • Alternatively: Inputs for conventional instrument transformers
1 A/5 A via adaptors
• 3 LEDs signal the operating state
• 1 binary input
• 2 binary outputs

SICAM FCM – Description
Temperature range
• From -40 °C to +70 °C
Housing
• Polycarbonate housing for panel flush mounting
• Dimensions: 96 x 48 x 109.5 mm (WxHxD)
• Protection class: Front panel IP40, rear panel IP20
Dimensional Drawing
7.1
[dw_sicam-fcm_frnt, 1, en_US]
Figure 7.1/2 Front View
[dw_sicam-fcm_isvw, 1, en_US]
Figure 7.1/3 3-D View

SICAM FCM – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM FCM 6 M D 2 3 2 □ - □ □ □ □ □ - 1 A □ 0
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
Fault indicator with direction indication and Voltage measurement │ ││ │ │ │ │
measurement of V, I, f, P, Q, S, cosφ, and Resistive 1 1 A A 0 0 A
power-flow direction
Capacitive 2 1 A A 0 0 A
Energy metered values for panel flush │ ││ │ │ │ │
mounting with display
│ ││ │ │ │ │
Housing: 96 x 48 x 109.5 mm
│ ││ │ │ │ │
Power supply: DC 24 V to 110 V/AC 230 V │ ││ │ │ │ │
1 digital input │ ││ │ │ │ │
2 digital outputs │ ││ │ │ │ │
Modbus RTU │ ││ │ │ │ │
Phase current sensor 0 0 G A 0 0 A
Type 225 mV@300 A IEC 60044-8
7.1 │ ││ │ │ │ │
Accuracy class 1; ext. 200 %; 5P10 snap-on
current transformer; inside diameter 55 mm
Summation current sensor 0 0 A F 0 0 A
Type 225 mV@60 A IEC 60044-8
Accuracy class 1, clamp-on current trans- │ ││ │ │ │ │
former, inside diameter 120 mm
1 A adaptor 0 0 A A 1 0 A
3 inputs
│ ││ │ │ │ │
1 A to 225 mV low-power signal
5 A adaptor 0 0 A A 2 0 A
3 inputs
│ ││ │ │ │ │
5 A to 225 mV low-power signal
Voltage sensor 10 kV 0 0 A A 0 4 A
10 kV/√3 -> 3.25/√3 IEC 60044-7
Accuracy class 1; for T-plug with symmetric │ ││ │ │ │ │
C cone, for example for Nexans: K/M
400/440TB Cellpack: CTS -S
Voltage sensor 10 kV 0 0 A A 0 4 B
10 kV/√3 -> 3.25/√3 IEC 60044-7
Accuracy class 1; for T-plug with short asym- │ ││ │ │ │ │
metrical C cone, for example for nkt: CB-24 TE
connectivity: RSTI-58xx/RSTI-CC 58xx
Voltage sensor 20 kV 0 0 A A 0 7 A
20 kV/√3 -> 3.25/√3 IEC 60044-7
Accuracy class 1; for T-plug with symmetric C │ ││ │ │ │ │
cone, for example for Nexans: K/M 400/440TB
Cellpack: CTS -S
Voltage sensor 20 kV 0 0 A A 0 7 B
20 kV/√3 -> 3.25/√3 IEC 60044-7
Accuracy class 1; for T-plug with short asym-
metrical C cone, for example for nkt: CB-24 TE
connectivity: RSTI-58xx/RSTI-CC 58xx
4-wire cable for connecting SICAM FCM 6 M D 2 3 2 2 - 0 A A 8 0 - 0 A B 3
to capacitive LRM voltage testing systems
Line length approx. 30 cm
Table 7.1/1 SICAM FCM Selection and Ordering Data

SICAM FPI – Description
Description
The SICAM Fault Passage Indicator (FPI) is used for the detection
and indication of phase faults and ground faults in medium-
voltage cable power systems.
4 external current sensors ensure detection of phase faults (A, B,
C) and ground faults (IGnd). The current sensor detects phase
faults and ground faults based on the adjusted current threshold
and transmits these faults to the SICAM FPI via an optical signal.
Using the rotary switch for each sensor, you can adjust the fault
current threshold for phase sensors from 200 A to 1200 A
(type 1), 200 A to 800 A (type 2), and for ground sensors from
10 A to 100 A (type 1), 40 A to 300 A (type 2). If the current
exceeds the set threshold, the current sensor transmits a signal
via polymer optical fibers to the SICAM FPI. In this condition, the
corresponding LEDs flash. The LEDs are unlit under normal oper-
ating conditions.
Benefits [ph_SICAM_FPI_W4, 1, --_--]
• Self-holding, retains correct functioning thanks to the inte- Figure 7.2/1 SICAM FPI
grated lithium battery even after the main infeed has tripped
• Safe, complies with the IEC 61010-1 safety standards • Response values for phase fault current 7.2
• Simple, setting for project engineering and diagnosis tests via – Type 1: AC 200/400/500/600/800/1000/1200 A
DIP switches – Type 2: AC 200/300/400/500/600/700/800 A
• Configurable binary outputs, for remote messages to SCADA • Response values for ground-fault current
via FRTU/RTU in the event of errors or for diagnostics – Type 1: AC 10/20/30/40/60/80/100 A
• Extended diagnostic functions, support for self-diagnostics – Type 2: AC 40/80/120/160/200/260/300 A
and sensor cable diagnostics
• Accuracy
• Local display, 3 red LEDs for phase faults, 1 red LED for – Type 1: <10 % of selected range
ground faults, 1 yellow LED for the battery charge state for
– Type 2: <15 % of selected range
the local display
Auxiliary voltage
• Multiple reset functions, auto reset, remote reset via external
key and front panel • Battery for 2000 hours of flashing time, min. service life
10 years
• Configurable function for short-term fault saturation
Temperature range
• Longer battery life and extended energy management enable
over 2000 hours of operation in fault condition (flashing) • From -30 °C to +70 °C
• Sensors, IP67-compliant, self-holding precise sensors with Housing specification
noise-immune polymer fiber-optic interface to the SICAM FPI
• Polycarbonate housing for panel flush mounting
Applications • Dimensions: 96 mm x 48 mm x 45 mm (WxHxD)
The SICAM FPI is a device for defect detection and display and is • Protection class: Front IP50, rear panel IP20, sensors IP67
used in distribution automation for radial or opened ring cable
networks. Medium-voltage cable networks, 10 kV to 36 kV,
50/60 Hz.
Indications – fault information via LEDs
• 3 red LEDs – phase fault
• 1 red LED – ground fault
• 1 yellow LED – run: Battery charge state
Inputs/outputs, measuring ranges
• Current sensor inputs: Phase current A, B, C and ground
current Gnd via polymer optical fibers
• 2 binary inputs: 1x AC 230 V reset input, 1x electrically
isolated contact for remote reset
• Max. 2 binary outputs electrically isolated (maximum contact
voltage: AC 250 V/DC 220 V)
• 1 binary output for external LED flashing lamp
SICAM FPI – Dimensional Drawings
[dw_sicam-fpi_frbtv, 1, en_US]
Figure 7.2/2 Front View
7.2
[dw_fpirearv-210114-01, 2, --_--]
Figure 7.2/3 Rear View
[dw_sicam-fpi_pnlcut, 1, en_US]
Figure 7.2/4 RMU Switch Panel Cutout

SICAM FPI – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM FPI fault passage indicator, non-directional 6 M D 2 3 1 0 - 0 □ □ 0 0 - 0 A A 0

▲ ▲
│ │
Sensors Type 1
Phase fault sensor: AC 200 A to 1200 A , 10 % accuracy; │ │
ground fault sensor: AC 10 A to 100 A, 10 % accuracy
Ground-fault indicator and fault passage indi-
cator with 2 binary outputs (NO) with 3 phase-
A A
fault + 1 ground-fault current sensors (for
A/B/C/Gnd)
cator with 1 binary output (NO) with 3 phase-
D A
A/B/C/Gnd)
Fault passage indicator with 1 binary output
(NO) with 3 phase-fault current sensors (for B B
A/B/C)
Ground-fault indicator with 1 binary output 7.2
(NO) with 1 ground-fault current sensor (for C C
Gnd)
Ground-fault indicator with 2 binary outputs
(1 NO + 1 NC) with 1 ground-fault current E C
sensor (for Gnd)
Sensors Type 2
Phase fault sensor: AC 200 A to 800 A, 15 % accuracy; │ │
ground-fault sensor: AC 40 A to 300 A, 15 % accuracy
cator with 2 binary outputs (NO) with 3 phase-
A E
A/B/C/Gnd)
cator with 1 binary output (NO) with 3 phase-
D E
A/B/C/Gnd)
Fault passage indicator with 1 binary output
(NO) with 3 phase-fault current sensors (for B F
A/B/C)
Ground-fault indicator with 1 binary output
(NO) with 1 ground-fault current sensor (for C G
Gnd)
Ground-fault indicator with 2 binary outputs
(1 NO + 1 NC) with 1 ground-fault current E G
sensor (for Gnd)
Table 7.2/1 SICAM FPI Selection and Ordering Data

SICAM FSI – Description
Description
The SICAM FSI (Fault Sensor Indicator) short-circuit and sensitive
ground-fault monitoring system is a device for defect detection
in the medium-voltage overhead line system. The SICAM FSI
detection communicates fault conditions due to short circuits
and ground faults. In addition, the device displays a (continuous
or temporary) unambiguous LED signal depending on the type
of fault.
SICAM FSI is available in 2 versions:
• 6MD2314-1AB10 – without communication: The faults are
displayed locally via LEDs on the device. Depending on the
fault condition, a flashing light dependent on the fault type is
generated
• 6MD2314-1AB11 – with communication: In addition to the
local LED display, short circuits or ground faults are trans-
mitted via a secure wireless connection to a gateway
(SICAM FCG, 6MD2340-3JM71-8AA2). The SICAM FCG (Fault
Collector Gateway) establishes the connection via GPRS to a
superordinate control center and transmits the messages with [ph_SICAM_FSI, 1, --_--]
the standardized telecontrol protocol IEC 60870-5-104. Alter-

Figure 7.3/1 SICAM FSI
natively, the SICAM FCG transmits using XMPP via GPRS with
the FliC solution (Fault Localization in Cloud).
time can be adjusted in steps of 0.5 Irated between 1.5*Irated
7.3 and 3*Irated.
Benefits
• ΔI tripping adjustment 5 A to 160 A: The amperage change ΔI
• Higher availability for overhead line systems – reduction of can be set in steps of 5 A to 80 A, 120 A, 160 A.
down time
• Inrush-current detection:
• Fast fault detection – accurate fault-location determination Adjustable time delay for inrush current or abrupt changes
and information to the maintenance team under load
• High sensitivity – measurement starts at 50 A – reliable fault • Checking of zero potential for fault confirmation
detection for high-impedance faults
Configuration
• Self supplying sensors reduce the energy consumption of the
device – increase the lifetime of the supply batteries in the • The SICAM FSI – 6MD2314-1AB10 is configured with the
device (Battery life: 10 years) “SICAM FSI Configurator” software.
• Unique security key and IPSec encryption for data exchange • The SICAM FSI – 6MD2314-1AB11 can also be configured
with SICAM FSI – maximum security against unauthorized using the SICAM FCG Web GUI via the wireless interface.
access (intruders) Indication confirmation – setting possibilities
• Easy and fast device configuration with the aid of a QR code • By magnet
at the SICAM FSI and a Web browser instead of DIP switches –
high level of convenient configurability • Automatically upon recovery of the system voltage
• Maintenance-free design of the device – the SICAM FSI is • Automatically over a predetermined time lapse (adjustable
maintenance-free other than a battery replacement after timer)
10 years. The large-format display of the years since the date • Via an acknowledgment signal from the control center
of commissioning of the device allows the operational crew to
determine the proper time for battery replacement from the Applications
ground.
Suitable for all overhead lines in the medium voltage range from
• Different frequency of the flashing light depending on the 3.3 kV to 66 kV, 50/60 Hz
fault type – fast and precise fault diagnosis for the mainte-
nance team Auxiliary voltage Battery (3.6 V) service life approximately
10 years
Functions Temperature range From -25 °C to +70 °C
Fault detection Housing specification • Polycarbonate housing, UV-resistant
• Protection class: IP65
• Trip threshold range 75 A to 1500 A: Irated adjustable between Installation The SICAM FSI is suspended on the line with
50 A and 500 A; enables better coordination with the the aid of a hot stick with shotgun
upstream protection system for the network. The tripping

SICAM FSI – Technical Data
Technical data
The following is an excerpt from the technical data. Please find
additional information in the current manual.
Mechanical
Weight 0.7 kg
Dimensions Diameter Height
116 mm 193 mm
Application Data
Power frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz

Rated voltage (Vrated) 3.3 kV to 66 kV
Rated current (Irated) 50 A to 500 A (steps of 50 A)
Cable diameter 5 mm to 25 mm
Measurement cycle period 20 ms for 50 Hz
16.6 ms for 60 Hz
Voltage presence (%) 70 % of Vrated
Voltage absence (%) 45 % of Vrated
Current measurement ≤ 10 % from 50 A to 800 A 7.3
accuracy
Energy source Energy harvesting + lithium-thionyl
chloride battery
Total fault-indication time 400 h of LED flashing
NOTE
i Energy harvesting starts if the phase current is

above 60 A.
Fault Indication
Indication 6 high luminous red LEDs

Luminous flux 40 lm
Visibility angle 360° (from ground level)
Visibility range 50 m at day time, 300 m at night time
Fault-Detection Parameters
di current 5 A to 80 A (steps of 5 A), 120 A, 160 A

Current threshold 1.5 Irated to 3 Irated (steps of 0.5)
Fault-indication time 2 h to 16 h (steps of 0.5 h)
Inrush restraint time 3 s, 30 s, and 60 s
Permanent-fault verifica- 3 s, 35 s, and 70 s
tion time
Auto reclosure time 0.1 s to 99.9 s

SICAM FSI – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
6 M D 2 3 1 4 - 1 A B 1 □
▲
SICAM FSI │
Phase-fault detection 0
Ground-fault detection (di/dt) │
Housing made from UV-stabilized polycarbonate
│
with IP65
Visual fault indication of 40 lumens by 6 red LEDs │
SICAM FSI with Integrated Communication 1) │
Short-range radio (wireless) communication for
1
current measured values and fault status
Phase-fault detection
Ground-fault detection (di/dt)
Housing made from UV-stabilized polycarbonate
with IP65
Visual fault indication of 40 lumens by 6 red LEDs
Spare parts and accessories 6 M D 2 3 1 8 - 4 □ □ 0 □
▲ ▲ ▲
7.3 Spare part │ │ │
Primary (non-rechargeable) lithium thionyl chloride
battery (LiSOCl2) (type: Tadiran, order number: B B 0
TL-5930/SMNS)
Accessory │ │ │
UART cable for device configuration (recommended
A A 0
type: FTDI chip, order number TTL-232R-RPi)
Hot stick, 4 m, with bayonet locking for installing
SICAM FSI (recommended type: Ritz, catalog M A 1
number: RC403-0295 or equivalent)
Magnet adaptor for device reset, accessory for hot
M A 4
stick with shotgun
Hot stick (telescopic), 12 m, for installing SICAM FSI
M A 2
(recommended type: Ritz, VTT-1/9) 2)
Device adaptor for installing SICAM FSI by using a
Hot stick (telescopic), accessory for hot stick (tele- M A 5
scopic) 3)
Table 7.3/1 SICAM FSI Selection and Ordering Data

(1) If communication with the control center is necessary, order SICAM FSI device with integrated communication in combination with
SICAM FCG (6MD2340-3JM71-8AA2).
(2) Order number: 6MD2318 – 4MA02 cannot be ordered at this time
(3) Order number: 6MD2318 – 4MA05 cannot be ordered at this time

SICAM FCG – Description
Description
The SICAM Fault Collector Gateway (FCG) communication device
receives both the load-current values and line faults via the
SICAM Fault Sensor Indicator (FSI). The received information
regarding status and events are transmitted based on the
IEC 60870-5-104 protocol to the control center or with the
XMPP protocol to the Siemens FliC service. The fault detected by
SICAM FSI is communicated to the SICAM FCG within a distance
of 100 m via short-range radio (SRR).
The SICAM FCG has 6 binary inputs and 3 binary outputs.
Configuration and diagnostics of the device can be conducted
locally with the Web GUI via a connection to a PC or laptop
computer, or remotely based on the GPRS (General Packet Radio
Service) cellular standard.
The SICAM FCG has a housing made of plastic, and installation
in a metal cabinet is emphatically recommended for additional
protection. The GSM and short-range radio antennas are
installed in the metal cabinet. [ph_SICAM_FCG_W3, 1, --_--]
Firmware and parameters of the SICAM FSI device can be Figure 7.4/1 SICAM FCG
updated from the SICAM FCG. Parameters can be adjusted, fault
and event reports can be displayed, firmware can be updated tics are possible remotely by using GSM. Communication with
and the configuration can be downloaded via the Web GUI of the Siemens FLiC service is based on XMPP and GSM.
the SICAM FCG. Short-range radio module
Functions • The short-range radio module communicates within 100 m

directly with the SICAM FSI via a radio connection in the 7.4
Binary interfaces license-free 2400-MHz band Overhead line faults or other
• All 3 binary inputs on terminal block L are independent and status changes detected by SICAM FSI are communicated to
have a fixed set threshold voltage of 8 V. 2 binary inputs on the SICAM FCG via the short-range radio module.
terminal block P have a common potential (P8, P9, P10) and Time synchronization
1 binary input (P11, P12) is independent. The threshold
voltage of the binary inputs can be set to DC 19 V, DC 88 V or During operation, the device needs the date and time for all
DC 176 V. This enables an optimal adaptation to the pickup time-relevant processes. This guarantees a uniform time base in
voltage at elevated noise levels. The binary outputs are communication with peripheral devices and makes time
designed as relay contacts. Terminal block P has 2 NO stamping possible.
(normally open) relay outputs and one CO (change over) relay The following types of time synchronization are carried out,
output. The relays can switch voltages up to AC/DC 250 V and depending on the parameterization:
currents up to AC/DC 5 A.
• External time synchronization via Network Time Protocol
Communication (NTP)
• The SICAM FCG communication device functions as a gateway • Internal time synchronization via real-time clock (RTC) (if
device in the communication network between the SICAM FSI external time synchronization is not available)
devices and the network control center. It provides interfaces
and supports communication protocols to the SICAM FSI
devices (via short-range radio) and to the network control
center (via cellular networks). The gateway contains a
common function for communication exchange between the
SICAM FSI devices and the control center. The various
communication interfaces and protocols are available for
communication between the SICAM FCG and the control
center. The SICAM FCG device has an Ethernet interface for
device parameterization and monitoring. The communication
interface supports the device parameterization and transmis-
sion of indications and measured values. The information is
transmitted securely via telegrams.
GSM module
• The module supports 4 frequency bands: 850 MHz, 900 MHz,
1800 MHz and 1900 MHz. Communication with the control
center can use IEC 60870-5-104 via an IPSec (Internet
Protocol Security) tunnel and GSM. Settings and local diagnos-

SICAM FCG – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM Fault Collector Gateway 6 M D 2 3 4 0 - □ □ □ □ □ - 8 A A 2

▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
│ │ │ │ │ │ │
Power supply │ │ │ │ │ │ │
DC 12 V compatible (suitable or interface with
3 │ │ │ │ │ │
solar panel + battery)
Input/output interface 1 │ │ │ │ │ │
Binary input/output (3 BI/3 BO) J │ │ │ │ │
Input/output interface 2 │ │ │ │ │
Short-range radio I/O (3 BI + short-range radio
M │ │ │ │
coordinator)
Communication interface │ │ │ │
GPRS 7 │ │ │
Device without antenna 0 │ │
Device with antenna
GPRS antenna – MLFB 6MD2318-0CA10
1 │ │
Short-range radio frequency –
MLFB 6MD2318-0CA20
Protocol │ │
IEC 60870-5-104 (server) + XMPP (client) 8 │
7.4 With IPSec 2
Table 7.4/1 SICAM FCG Selection and Ordering Data
Dimensional Drawing
[dw_dimensional-draw_sicam-fcg, 1, en_US]
Figure 7.4/2 SICAM FCG Dimensions

Accessories
SICAM I/O-Unit – Description
Description
The SICAM I/O-Unit 7XV5673 is a binary input/output device that
was developed for substations and for industrial sectors with
increased environmental demands. The SICAM I/O-Unit permits
a transmission from binary inputs to binary outputs locally or
over large distances. It can be used for protective applications,
such as overcurrent protection, signal comparison, distance
protection with signal connection, or as I/O extension in substa-
tion automation systems.
Binary inputs • 6 robust EMC-hardened binary inputs

• Pickup threshold can be set to DC 19 V,
DC 88 V or DC 176 V for different rated
voltages of the station battery
Binary outputs • 6 command relay outputs
• Secure contact status after loss of connec-
tion, set by the user
Signal/alarm outputs 4 LEDs
Wide-range power DC 24 V to 250 V ± 20 % and AC 100 V to
supply unit 230 V, 45 Hz to 65 Hz
RJ45 Ethernet connec- Cascading many devices without additional [ph_SICAM IO_Unit, 1, --_--]
tion cost by using the integrated switch
Figure 8.1/1 SICAM I/O-Unit 7XV5673
Serial fiber-optic inter- ST connector, 820 nm for multimode optical
face (optional) fiber 62.5/125 μm, typical range: 2000 m with
optical fiber 62.5 μm/125 μm, baud rate: – Detection and output of binary states via substation control-
1.2 Kbps to 187.5 Kbps, set by software lers by means of the standard protocols Modbus RTU,
Modbus TCP or IEC 61850
Communication proto- • IEC 61850 (GOOSE, MMS, Reporting) for the
cols connection to protective and substation – Extension for protection devices of the compact classes
controllers SIPROTEC 7SJ80 and SIPROTEC 7SK80 by connection to
• Modbus TCP or Modbus RTU for connection their low-cost Ethernet interface (port A)
to a substation controller
• Modbus UDP for point-to-point connection • Contact duplicator: Transmission of signals via one or more 8.1
between 2ˆSICAM I/O-Units binary inputs by means of relay contacts of the same
• SNTP for time synchronization SICAMc0160I/O-Units, for example, for separation between
Time synchronization • External time synchronization via Ethernet different voltage levels.
NTP
• External time synchronization via Fieldbus Applications
with communication protocol Modbus RTU,
Modbus TCP or Modbus UDP Binary signal transmitter
Housing IP20, DIN rail
If the SICAM I/O-Unit is used as a binary signal transmitter to
Figure 8.1/2, there is a bidirectional transfer of binary signals of
Functions exactly 2 units at any one time. The transmission takes place
All types of binary signals from switching devices/protective between server and client unit via serial connections (option) or
procedures (such as triggering commands, switch position via Ethernet networks. Via the relay output contacts, voltages of
signals, fault and status messages) are reliably recognized via up to AC/DC 250 V and currents of up to AC/DC 5 A can be
binary inputs. This information can be transferred via contacts switched. The pickup threshold of the binary inputs can be set
directly on this SICAM I/O-Unit or via communication connec- by the user on different levels. The user can assign signal inputs
tions to other SICAM I/O-Units or substation automation and outputs as required.
systems. Secured telegrams are used for communication via
Ethernet or serial connections. The parameters of the SICAM I/O-
Units can easily be set via a standard web browser on the PC
that is connected via the Ethernet interface.
The SICAM I/O-Unit can for example, be used as:
• Binary signal transmitter (BST): Point-to-point transmission of
binary signals between 2 SICAM I/O-Units via Ethernet or a
serial connection. Signal inputs and outputs can be assigned
by the user. [dw_io-Mirror_bidirect-trans-2-device, 1, en_US]
• I/O extension: Figure 8.1/2 Binary Signal Transmitter, Bidirectional Transmission

– Extension of the substation controllers via binary inputs and between 2 Units
outputs with standard protocols.
Extension of the communication route
An extension of the transmission distance is possible.

Accessories
SICAM I/O-Unit – Applications
The following devices can be used: via SICAM I/O-Units as a serial gateway server. The logic struc-
ture is described in Figure 8.1/4.
• With serial optical repeater 7XV5461, scalable up to 170 km
• Optical fiber connection also with mini star coupler 7XV5450
or RS485/optical fiber converter 7XV5650
• With different communication converters 7XV5662 (pilot
wires, X.21/G.703.1 and G.703.6)
• Media converter for Ethernet RMC (Ruggedcom)
• Wireless transmission RS 900WNC (Ruggedcom)
Unidirectional binary signal transmission
When you use SICAM I/O-Units for unidirectional binary signal
transmission to Figure 8.1/3, the units transfer binary signals in
one direction from a client unit to several server units. In this
application, the transmission takes place exclusively in one
direction. Input signals (max. 6) are transmitted from the left
device to the output contacts of one or more devices on the
right side. The serial ports of the I/O unit can be electrical or
serial. Alternatively, you may use RS485/optical fiber converters
7XV5650 and mini star couplers 7XV5450 for cascading.
[dw_log-config_of_bi-to-bo, 1, en_US]
Figure 8.1/4 Logical Structure of 2 Separate Binary Signal Transfers

from Binary Input (BI) to Binary Output (BO) between
Corresponding SICAM I/O-Units A1 and B1, using the
Gateway Function of the Units A and B
In this structure, only the pair A-B and the pair A1-B1 exchange
the states of their binary inputs to the binary outputs. Here, the
SICAM I/O-Units A1 and B1 use the gateway function of devices
A and B.
8.1 I/O extension of protection devices or direct connection to a
station control or power systems control via Ethernet. Protocols:
IEC 61850 GOOSE/Reporting/MMS, Modbus TCP/UDP
[dw_io-Mirror_unidirect-trans-sicam-io-unit, 1, en_US]
The SICAM I/O-Unit is used as I/O extension in accordance with
Figure 8.1/3 Binary Signal Transmitters, Unidirectional Transmission Figure 8.1/5. Binary signals are exchanged between a substation
from One SICAM I/O-Unit to Several SICAM I/O-Units controller of the automation substation as Modbus or IEC 61850
client, such as SICAM PAS/SCC, SICAM RTUs or Spectrum Power
Binary signal transmitters with gateway function CC or a protection device, such as SIPROTEC with GOOSE,
The application shows 2 separate bidirectional binary signal SIPROTEC Compact (also directly, proprietary) and the SICAM
transmissions. The main application is the following constella- I/O-Units via an Ethernet network. If the integrated switch in the
tion: SICAM I/O-Unit is used, the devices can be operated in a line
without an additional external switch.
• Due to EMC environments, one SICAM I/O-Unit is to be
installed, for example, in the switch bay and connected via a
serial optical fiber.
• The optical fiber arrives in a central communication room and
is to be converted to electrical Ethernet. This is implemented

Accessories
SICAM I/O-Unit – Applications
[dw_io-extension_switchgear_BI-and-BO, 1, en_US]
Figure 8.1/5 I/O Extension of Switchgear with Binary Inputs and

Outputs
Instead of an Ethernet network, a serial connection with the

Modbus RTU protocol can also be used. The connection can be
made by an RS485 bus line or an optical star network.
[dw_contact-multiplier, 1, en_US]
Figure 8.1/7 Contact Duplicator
8.1
[dw_io-extension_station-unit_star-topology, 1, en_US]
Figure 8.1/6 I/O Extension for the Connection to the Substation

Controller with Serial, Optical Star Topology
Contact duplicator
Input signals at one or more binary inputs can be allocated to
binary outputs of the local unit (Figure 8.1/7).
• 1 binary signal at up to 6 relay outputs
• Several binary signals to several relay outputs that can be
assigned by the user
• Different voltage levels for inputs and outputs in a wide
voltage range to isolate different voltage levels

Accessories
SICAM I/O-Unit – Applications for Teletransmission
Applications for the Teletransmission of Binary Signals

Binary signal transmission via 2-wire copper line with locking
The Figure Figure 8.1/8 shows the optical fiber connection of a
SICAM I/O-Unit to a communication converter 7XV5662-0AC01,
that establishes connection via pilot wires. Only one pair is
required for bidirectional signal exchange.
An additional isolating transformer allows 20 kV isolation of the
pilot wire connection.
A maximum of 6 individual binary signals can be transmitted
bidirectionally via the pilot wires. The additional time delay that
is caused by the transmission via the communication converter
and the pilot wires is less than 1 ms.
A typical application is the permissive overreach transfer trip
scheme of a directional overcurrent protection via pilot wires. In
[dw_bi-com-converter_12sign, 1, en_US]
this case the independent overcurrent protection is connected
to the SICAM I/O-Unit via contacts and binary inputs and direc- Figure 8.1/9 Binary Signal Exchange of Up to 12 Signals via Long
tional signals are transmitted. Optical Fiber Connections
Transmission of binary signals via communication networks by

means of a G.703.1/X.21 interface
Figure Figure 8.1/10 shows the optical connection of a SICAM
I/O-Unit to a communication converter (KU-XG)
7XV5662-0AA00, that establishes a connection with a multi-
plexer with a G.703.1 or X.21 interface. In this way, this
communication converter can be used to transmit the signals via
a communication network. The average time delay in the
network and the signal quality are monitored by the SICAM I/O-
[dw_bi-com-converter_6sign, 1, en_US] Unit. Furthermore, a connection loss is displayed. In this case,
8.1
the state of the binary outputs can be set by the user to a secure
Figure 8.1/8 Binary Signal Exchange of 6 Signals via a Pilot Wire
Connection state depending on the application. A maximum of 6 individual
binary signals can be transmitted bidirectionally via the commu-
Binary signal exchange via long optical fiber connections nication network.
Figure Figure 8.1/9 shows the optical fiber connection of a

SICAM I/O-Unit to a serial optical repeater 7XV5461-0B_00, that
establishes a connection to multimode or singlemode fiber-optic
cables. With this application, a radius of up to 170 km can be
attained without additional amplifiers.
A maximum of 12 binary signals can be exchanged via long
optical fiber connections because the repeater allows the
connection of 2 SICAM I/O-Units.
[dw_bi-com-converter, 1, en_US]
Figure 8.1/10 Binary Signal Exchange via a Communication Converter

with a G.703.1/X.21 Interface via a Communication
Network
Transmission of binary signals via communication networks by

means of a G.703.6 interface
Figure Figure 8.1/11 shows the optical fiber connection of 1 to
3 SICAM I/O-Units to a communication converter KU-2M
7XV5662-0AD00, which establishes a connection to a multi-
plexer with a G.703.6 interface (1.44 Kbps/2 megabits/s, E1/T1).
A maximum of 18 individual binary signals can be transmitted
bidirectionally via the communication network. The communica-
tion converter KU-2M has 2 optical interfaces and one electrical
RS232 interface. 2 SICAM I/O-Units can be connected directly
with the KU-2M via an optical fiber cable. At the RS232 interface

Accessories
SICAM I/O-Unit – Applications for Teletransmission
you can connect another SICAM I/O-Unit via an optoelectronic

converter 7XV5652. With the use of all input interfaces
(2 optical fibers, 1 RS232) of the KU-2M, a maximum of
18 signals can be bidirectionally exchanged.
[dw_io-Mirror_fiber-optic, 1, en_US]
Figure 8.1/12 Binary Signal Transmission via Optical Fiber or Wireless

Connection; Connection via the Integrated Ethernet
Interface to External Transmission Devices
Typical applications can be found in the internet

www.siemens.com/sicam-io -> Downloads.
[dw_bi-com-converter_with_g703-6-interface, 1, en_US]
Device configuration
Figure 8.1/11 Binary Signal Exchange with G.703.6 Interface via a The SICAM I/O unit is equipped with an integrated web server
Communication Network that simplifies the settings with the help of a standard internet
web browser (Microsoft Internet Explorer). Figure 8.1/13 shows
For dial-up network connections via Ethernet, media converters the user interface. In the same way, operational logs and
8.1
or Ethernet networks are used. The SICAM I/O-Unit supports IP commissioning aids are supported by the web browser such as
address settings and settings for a standard gateway. The elec- display of the actual state of the inputs and outputs.
trical Ethernet interface of the SICAM I/O-Unit is connected with The SICAM I/O mapping tool is used to configure the
one media converter or switch that transmits the signals of the IEC 61850 GOOSE.
devices via dial-up network connections with Ethernet. The
As soon as the IEC 61850 GOOSE configuration is completed,
average time delay in the network is measured by the SICAM
the SICAM I/O mapping tool reads the corresponding SCD file
I/O-Unit.
and generates the binary IEC 61850 parameter set, which can
Binary signal transfer via optical fibers or wireless connection be uploaded via HTML.
Figure Figure 8.1/12 shows the electrical connection of a binary
signal transmitter (BST) SICAM I/O-Unit 7XV5673 to Ethernet-
based transmission units via patch cables that establish a
connection via optical fibers or a wireless connection at the
trunk line end. The connection could also be made via switches
with long-distance modules or via IP networks.
[sc_Config_Screen, 1, en_US]
Figure 8.1/13 Configuration Screen of the SICAM I/O Unit in the Web
Browser

Accessories
SICAM I/O-Unit – Selection and Ordering Data/Dimensional Drawing

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM I/O-Unit 7 X V 5 6 7 3 - 0 J J □ 0 - □ A A 1
▲ ▲
Device type Serial interface and communication protocol │ │
DIN rail device IP20; Without serial communication 0 │
Dimensions 96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm RS485 – Modbus RTU, binary signal transmis-

1 │
(WxHxD); sion
optical, 820 nm – Modbus RTU, binary signal
Power supply: DC 24 V to 240 V, AC 100 V to 2 │
transmission
230 V;
Ethernet interface and communication
Integrated web server for parameterization; │
protocol
Ethernet interface RJ45 connector; Ethernet interface with Modbus TCP/UDP,
1
Integrated switch function; binary signal transmission
CE and UL approval
Inputs and outputs
Ethernet interface with Modbus TCP/UDP,
6 binary inputs with selectable threshold binary signal transmission or IEC 61850 server 2
voltage (GOOSE and reporting/MMS)
6 relay outputs (4 make contacts, 2 change-
over contacts)
Accessories Y-cable 7 K E 6 0 0 0 - 8 G D 0 0 - 0 B A 2
Table 8.1/1 SICAM I/O-Unit Selection and Ordering Information
Dimensional Drawing
8.1
[dw_SICAM IO dimension_01, 1, en_US]
Figure 8.1/14 Dimensions SICAM I/O-Unit 7XV5673

Accessories
SICAM AI-Unit – Description
Description
The SICAM AI-Unit 7XV5674 is an analog input unit (20-mA).
Energy supply companies use it in the field of substations and in
the industrial section at increased environmental demands.
Besides analog signal input, the SICAM AI-Unit can average and
compress the measured data, and monitor and signal parame-
terized limit values. Measured values and messages can be
transferred to a protection device, an SICAM I/O-Unit, or to a
substation or power systems control for process automation.
Interoperable standard protocols IEC 61850 GOOSE,
Reporting/MMS and Modbus RTU/TCP/UDP are used here. The
SICAM AI-Unit is thus a practical external 20-mA extension and a
local or remote automation unit.
Inputs Twelve 20-mA for direct current measurements

(in accordance with IEC 60688)
Insulated housing 96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm (W x H x D)
Assembly on a DIN rail
Degree of protection IP20
Approval CE and UL [ph_SICAM AI Unit, 1, --_--]
Figure 8.2/1 SICAM AI-Unit 7XV5674

Benefits
• Wide application range (SCADA, protection and automation • Simulation of input signals for easier system IBS
processes) from swift and protected real-time applications to
continuous long-term acquisition (24-h value): • Comparison of redundant measured data from different
SICAM AI-Units is possible due to the simultaneous start of the
– Current measured value every 642 ms average value window generation
– 10-s, 1-min, 1-h, 24-h averaging in the unit. This on-site
compression reduces the data volume that is to be trans-
• Integrated communication and device supervision
ferred and processed (this makes handling mass data
Applications
possible)
– Independent on-site automation and monitoring unit with The SICAM AI-Unit supports various applications. It can be used
signaling of parameterized out-of-limit condition in the unit in the following sections for the acquisition of DC field signals: 8.2
• Connection to serial interfaces or Ethernet interfaces of • Power system protection

SIPROTEC 4 or SIPROTEC 5 devices • SCADA (station and network control system)
• Connection to all protection and bay devices via IEC 61850- • DMS (Distribution Management System)
GOOSE messages and IEC 61850 reporting
• EMS systems (Energy Management)
• Compact and robust design (-25 °C to 70 °C operating temper- • GIS (Gas-insulated switchgear) – gas pressure monitoring
ature)
• Flexible communication options (Ethernet, optical fiber or • Other industrial processes
RS485 electrical) • Modernization of old systems: Automation/interface to old
20-mA technology (such as fault location output 7SA511/513)
• Modbus RTU/TCP, SIPROTEC 20-mA, serial or Ethernet connec-
tion to SIPROTEC 5 devices via SUP protocol The currents from the connected transducers (such as tempera-
ture, pressure or position sensors) can be transferred via the
• Precise process measurement (0.2 % with reference condi- supporting communication protocols to other automation
tions)
processes for further processing (such as visualization). See also
• Time synchronization via NTP (support of 2 time servers, Figure 8.2/2.
fieldbus (Modbus RTU/TCP), IEC61850, PC, internal RTC
The DC inputs of the SICAM AI-Unit can be parameterized for the
• Cost saving with integrated Ethernet switch permits a chain following ranges:
structure to be built up (cascading with Y adaptor
7KE6000-8GD00-0BA2) • 0 mA to 20 mADC
• Web server for parameterization with a web browser. No • 4 mA to 20 mADC
special parameterization software necessary The measuring accuracy is 0.2 % of the rated current (20 mA) at
reference conditions. Under environmental influence (including
• 4 LEDs for different parameterizable messages/alarms EMC), the measuring accuracy is 1.0 % of the rated current
• 4 freely parameterizable group indications (20 mA).
• Battery-backed real-time clock and message logs (can be With the integrated Web server, parameterization is carried out
exported as .csv)
by means of HTML pages with the use of a Web browser.
• Binary message and alarm stamp exact to 1 ms

Accessories
Typical applications can be found in the internet

www.siemens.com/sicam-ai -> Downloads.
8.2
[dw_ai-unit_application, 1, en_US]
Figure 8.2/2 Application Example
Measured quantities The ordering options for communication via Ethernet are:
The SICAM A/I-Unit permits only direct current to be measured. • With integrated Ethernet switch: Modbus TCP protocol
The measurement cycles on both PCB assemblies are carried out
at the same time. A complete measuring cycle via 6 channels
• With integrated Ethernet switch: Modbus TCP protocol and
IEC 61850 protocol
takes 642 ms. The measurement of a channel takes 107 ms and
is repeated after 642 ms. Using the internet browser, the meas- The following functions are supported via Ethernet:
ured current, 10-second, minute, hour, and day average values • Connection to SIPROTEC 5 devices via SUP (Slave Unit
of all channels can directly be viewed and measured by the unit, Protocol)
and be transferred via communication protocols, together with
messages (such as out-of-limit conditions).
• Device parameterization
Limit settings
• Transmission of measured data
Up to 16 limit violations of current measured values in both
• Transmission of messages
directions can be set via the menu automation functions. Out- • Time synchronization via NTP
of-limit conditions of the upper and lower range of values can • Communication protocols Modbus TCP and IEC 61850
be indicated as individual or group indication on 3 LEDs. The (reporting and GOOSE)
parameters of 4 group indications can be set, wherein each indi-
cation can be assigned up to 16 logically linked single-point indi-
• Integrated Ethernet switch
cations. With the Ethernet switch integrated in the device, further
network components can be cascaded via a Y-cable and hence
Communication
To communicate with the substation controller/protection
device and the other peripheral devices, the SICAM input meas-
uring device has an Ethernet interface and optionally a serial
interface (RS485 or optical).

Accessories
also included in an available network with IEC 61850 or a Dimensional Drawing

further Ethernet protocol.
• Serial interface
– Without serial interface
– With RS485 interface
– With optical interface
• Communication with existing RS485 or optical 820 nm inter-
face
– With Modbus RTU protocol and SIPROTEC RTU 20 mA
protocol/SUP (Slave Unit protocol)
The serial interface supports the following functions:
• Transmission of measured data
• Transmission of messages
• Time synchronization via Modbus RTU
Upon selection of the serial interface, either Modbus RTU or the
SIPROTEC RTU 20 mA/SUP (Slave Unit protocol) communication
protocol can be used.
Time synchronization
During operation, the SICAM A/I-Unit needs the date and time
for all time-relevant processes. In communication with periph-
eral devices, this guarantees a uniform time base and allows
[dw_SICAM AI dimension, 1, en_US]
correct time stamping of the process data.
Figure 8.2/3 Dimensions SICAM AI-Unit 7XV5674
The following types of time synchronization can be carried out:
• External time synchronization via Ethernet NTP (preferred)
• External time synchronization via Fieldbus with communica-
tion protocol Modbus RTU
• Internal time synchronization via RTC (Real Time Clock) – (if
external time synchronization is not available) 8.2
LED indications
The SICAM A/I-Unit automatically monitors communication
connections and the functions of its hardware/software/firm-
ware components. The LEDs on the top of the housing signal
the current state of the device. They can be parameterized for
individual or group indication.
Parameterization
No special software is required for parameterization. Parameter
setting is carried out by the computer via HTML pages and an
web browser. Internet Explorer 6 (or higher) is required for this.

Accessories
SICAM AI-Unit – Selection and Ordering Data

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
SICAM AI-Unit 7 X V 5 6 7 4 - 0 K K □ 0 - □ A A 1
Device Type ▲ ▲
DIN rail device, IP20; twelve 20-mA inputs for Serial interface and communication protocol │ │
example, SIPROTEC/SICAM devices; dimen- Without serial communication 0 │
sions: 96 mm x 96 mm x 100 mm (W x H x D);
RS485 – serial Modbus RTU and
power supply: DC 24 V to 240 V, AC 100 V to
SIPROTEC 20-mA protocol/point-to-point 3 │
230 V; Ethernet interface, RJ45 connector;
connection
integrated switch function; integrated web
server for parameterization; CE and UL FO 820 nm, ST connector – serial Modbus RTU
approved and SIPROTEC 20-mA protocol/point-to-point 4 │
connection
Ethernet interface and communication
│
protocol
Ethernet interface with Modbus TCP 1
Ethernet interface with Modbus TCP and
2
IEC 61850 server (GOOSE and reporting/MMS)
Accessories
The following components can be obtained as an option:
Y-cable 7 K E 6 0 0 0 - 8 G D 0 0 - 0 B A 2
Ethernet patch cable (CAT6) RS485 cable for
6 X V 1 8 3 0 - 0 E
SIPROTEC devices
RS485 bus connector plug for SIPROTEC 6 E S 7 9 7 2 - 0 X A 0
devices 6 E S 7 9 7 2 - 0 B B 4 2 - 0 X A 0
Order information about prefabricated optical fiber cables can be found in the internet in the SIPROTEC download section at www.siemens.com/siprotec -
> Downloads/SIPROTEC accessories, 6XV81xx
Table 8.2/1 SICAM AI-Unit Selection and Ordering Iinformation
8.2

Appendix
Legal Notice
Indication of conformity Copyright

This product complies with the directive of © Siemens Industry, Inc. 2016. All rights reserved.
the Council of the European Communities The disclosure, duplication, distribution and editing of this
on harmonization of the laws of the Mem- document, or utilization and communication of the content
ber States relating to electromagnetic com- are not permitted, unless authorized in writing. All rights,
patibility (EMC Council Directive 2004/108/EC) and concern- including rights created by patent grant or registration of a
ing electrical equipment for use within specified voltage utility model or a design, are reserved.
limits (Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC).
Registered trademarks
This conformity has been proved by tests performed accord- SIPROTEC®, DIGSI®, SIGUARD®, SIMEAS®, and SICAM® are
ing to the Council Directive in accordance with the generic registered trademarks of Siemens Industry, Inc. Any unau-
standards EN 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 (for EMC direc- thorized use is illegal. All other designations in this docu-
tive) and with the standard EN 60255-27 (for Low Voltage ment can be trademarks whose use by third parties for their
Directive) by Siemens Industry, Inc.. own purposes can infringe the rights of the owner.
The device is designed and manufactured for application in

an industrial environment. All rights reserved.
If not stated otherwise on the individual pages of this
The product conforms with the international standards of catalog, we reserve the right to include modifications,
IEC 60255 and the German standard VDE 0435. especially regarding the stated values, dimensions and
weights. Drawings are not binding.
Disclaimer of liability
This document has been subjected to rigorous technical All product designations used are trademarks or product
review before being published. It is revised at regular inter- names of Siemens Industry, Inc. or other suppliers.
vals, and any modifications and amendments are included If not stated otherwise, all dimensions in this catalog
in the subsequent issues. The content of this document has are given in mm.
been compiled for information purposes only. Although
Siemens Industry, Inc. has made best efforts to keep the
document as precise and up-to-date as possible, Siemens
Industry, Inc. shall not assume any liability for defects and
damage which result through use of the information con-
tained herein.
This content does not form part of a contract or of business

relations; nor does it change these. All obligations of
Siemens Industry, Inc. are stated in the relevant contractual
agreements.
Siemens Industry, Inc. reserves the right to revise this docu-

ment from time to time.
Document version: 03
Release status: 10.2016
SICAM ⋅ Substation Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 3.0

Published by
Siemens Industry Inc. 2016
Digital Grid Business Unit
PRO & SYS Group
7000 Siemens Drive
Wendell, NC 27591
For more information,

please contact our
Customer Support Center.
Phone: +1 877-217-4943
(Charges depending on provider)
E-mail: support.siprotec.us@siemens.com
© 2016 Siemens. Subject to changes and errors. For all products using security features of OpenSSL, the
The information given in this document only contains following shall apply:
general descriptions and/or performance features which This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL
may not always specifically reflect those described, or Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit.
which may undergo modification in the course of further (http://www.openssl.org/ )
development of the products. The requested performance This product includes cryptographic software written by
features are binding only when they are expressly agreed Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com )
upon in the concluded contract. This product includes software written by Tim Hudson
(tjh@cryptsoft.com)
This product includes software developed by Bodo Moeller.
Article No. EMDG-C10111-00-4AUS

KG 1016

Catalog SICAM Substation Automation PDF

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Catalog SICAM Substation Automation PDF

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Flexible control and monitoring system

SICAM – Substation Automation

Station Automation Introduction 1.1

Distribution Automation 1.2

Catalog - Edition 3.0 Station Automation 1.3

Substation Control Systems and RTUs 2

SICAM A8000 Series 2.4

SICAM Safety 2.5

Operation, Monitoring and Diagnosis 3

SICAM SCC 3.1

SICAM PQ Analyzer 3.2

SICAM DISTO 3.3

SICAM Diamond 3.4

Software for Substation Automation 4

SICAM PAS UI 4.1

SICAM TOOLBOX II 4.2

SICAM WEB 4.3

SICAM Device Manager 4.4

SICAM Protocol Test System 4.5

IEC 61850 System Configurator 4.8

SIPROTEC 6MD86 5.3

SICAM ⋅ Station Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 3.0 3

5.4 SIPROTEC 6MD89

5.5 SIPROTEC 6MD61

5.6 SIPROTEC 6MD63

5.7 SIPROTEC 6MD66

6.1 SICAM A8000 Series

6.2 SICAM SGU

6.3 SIPROTEC 7SC80

7.1 SICAM FCM

7.2 SICAM FPI

7.3 SICAM FSI

7.4 SICAM FCG

8.1 SICAM I/O-Unit

8.2 SICAM AI-Unit

4 SICAM ⋅ Station Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 3.0

Preface • Cost-effective investments and economic operation

Figure 1.1/1 Siemens Products for Station Automation

SICAM ⋅ Station Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 3.0 5

[ph_distribution automation, 1, --_--]

Figure 1.2/1 Siemens Products for Distribution Automation

6 SICAM ⋅ Station Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 3.0

• Cost-efficiency due to custom solutions – from standard to

Figure 1.3/1 Application example, station automation

SICAM ⋅ Station Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 3.0 7

Devices SICAM SGU SICAM A8000

Human-machine interface (HMI)

TCP/IP IEC 60870-5-104 IEC 60870-5-104; IEC 61850 Ed2

Further IED protocols – ■ ■ ■ ■

8 SICAM ⋅ Station Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 3.0

SICAM TM SICAM AK 3 SICAM PAS

200 000 200 000/CPU 80 000

4 x serial (modular) 66 x serial (modular) 200 x serial

512 k 1.5 M/CPU >1.5 M

SICAM ⋅ Station Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 3.0 9

Device SICAM SGU SICAM A8000

Memory card for parameters & firmware – SD

10 SICAM ⋅ Station Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 3.0

SICAM TM SICAM AK 3 SICAM PAS

SICAM ⋅ Station Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 3.0 11

• Ethernet network monitoring, for example on the basis of

12 SICAM ⋅ Station Automation ⋅ Catalog ⋅ Edition 3.0

SICAM PAS can be set up in the following different variants: